UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS INC
POS AM, 1996-07-11
ADVERTISING
Previous: CYBERGUARD CORP, 8-K, 1996-07-11
Next: FEATHERLITE MFG INC, 10-C, 1996-07-11



<PAGE>
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 11, 1996
 
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 33-93852
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                ----------------
                         POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                 --------------
                        UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>
           DELAWARE                          7312                  36-3766705
 (State or other jurisdiction    (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
      of incorporation)          Classification Code Number)     Identification
                                                                      No.)
</TABLE>
 
                          321 CLARK STREET, SUITE 1010
                            CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60610
                                 (312) 644-8673
         (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
             area code, of Registrant's principal executive office)
                                ----------------
 
                                 PAUL G. SIMON
                                GENERAL COUNSEL
                        UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.
                          321 CLARK STREET, SUITE 1010
                            CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60610
                                 (312) 644-8673
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                                ----------------
 
                                    COPY TO:
                              Leland E. Hutchinson
                                Winston & Strawn
                              35 West Wacker Drive
                            Chicago, Illinois 60601
                                 (312) 558-5600
                                ----------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
 
    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, check the following box. /X/
 
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to  Rule 462(b)  under the  Securities Act  of 1933,  please check  the
following  box and list the Securities Act of 1933 registration statement number
of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Section  462(c)
under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933, check  the  following  box  and  list the
Securities  Act  registration   statement  number  of   the  earlier   effective
registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
    If  delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE  OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE  A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION  8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                        UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.
                             CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
                   PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FORM S-1 ITEM NUMBER AND HEADING                                               PROSPECTUS CAPTION OR PAGE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>                                                    <C>
       1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside
            Front Cover Page of Prospectus......................  Registration Statement Cover; Outside Front Cover
                                                                   Page of Prospectus
       2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
            Prospectus..........................................  Inside Front Cover Page; Available Information;
                                                                   Outside Back Cover Page
       3.  Summary Information and Risk Factors and Ratio of
            Earnings to Fixed Charges...........................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Business
       4.  Use of Proceeds......................................  Prospectus Summary; Use of Proceeds
       5.  Determination of Offering Price......................  Selling Securityholders and Plan of Distribution
       6.  Dilution.............................................  Not Applicable
       7.  Selling Security Holders.............................  Selling Securityholders and Plan of Distribution
       8.  Plan of Distribution.................................  Selling Securityholders and Plan of Distribution
       9.  Description of Securities to Be Registered...........  Prospectus Summary; Description of Noteholder
                                                                   Warrants; Description of Capital Stock
      10.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel...............  Not Applicable
      11.  Information with Respect to the Registrant...........  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Use of Proceeds;
                                                                   Dividend Policy; Capitalization; Selected
                                                                   Consolidated Financial and Operating Data;
                                                                   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                                                                   Condition and Results of Operations; Business;
                                                                   Management; Certain Transactions; Principal
                                                                   Stockholders; Description of Noteholder Warrants;
                                                                   Description of Capital Stock; Shares Eligible for
                                                                   Future Sale; Description of Indebtedness and Other
                                                                   Commitments; Selling Securityholders and Plan of
                                                                   Distribution; Experts; Available Information;
                                                                   Consolidated Financial Statements
      12.  Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification
            for Securities Act Liabilities......................  Not Applicable
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO
BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF  THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH  SUCH
OFFER,  SOLICITATION  OR  SALE  WOULD  BE  UNLAWFUL  PRIOR  TO  REGISTRATION  OR
QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
 
                                                           SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
                                                           JULY 11, 1996
 
                    62,500 Warrants to Purchase Common Stock
                        1,000,000 Shares of Common Stock
                        UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.
                                   ---------
 
    This prospectus relates to the offer and sale by the Selling Securityholders
(as  defined  below)  of  (i)  62,500  outstanding  warrants  (the   "Noteholder
Warrants"), each of which entitles the holder thereof to purchase sixteen shares
of common stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common Stock"), of Universal Outdoor
Holdings,  Inc.,  a Delaware  corporation  (the "Company"),  and  (ii) 1,000,000
shares of Common Stock issuable by  the Company upon exercise of the  Noteholder
Warrants (together with the Noteholder Warrants, the "Securities"). See "Selling
Securityholders  and Plan of Distribution." This  Prospectus also relates to the
offer and sale by the Company of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock issuable  upon
exercise  of  the Noteholder  Warrants. The  Company is  currently contemplating
offering an additional 6,200,000 shares of  Common Stock pursuant to an  initial
public offering (the "Offering") of such Common Stock to be consummated prior to
the offering of the Securities conducted pursuant to this Prospectus.
 
    The  Noteholder Warrants  have been issued  pursuant to  a Warrant Agreement
(the "Warrant Agreement"), dated  as of June 30,  1994, between the Company  and
the  Warrant  Agent (as  defined herein).  The  Noteholder Warrants  entitle the
holders thereof to  purchase, at  an exercise price  of $.000625  per share,  an
aggregate  of  1,000,000 shares  of Common  Stock.  Prior to  July 1,  1999, the
Noteholder Warrants are exercisable only upon certain Trigger Events (as defined
herein under "Description of Noteholder Warrants"), including an Initial  Public
Offering, a Disposition, a Non-Surviving Combination and a Change of Control (in
each  case, as defined  herein under "Description  of Noteholder Warrants"). See
"Description of Noteholder  Warrants --  Exercise of  Noteholder Warrants".  The
Noteholder  Warrants will expire on July 1, 2004. See "Description of Noteholder
Warrants."
 
    The Noteholder  Warrants  and  the  shares of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon
exercise of the Noteholder Warrants to which this Prospectus relates may be sold
by the holders thereof (the "Selling Securityholders") from time to time through
underwriters  or dealers, through brokers or other agents, or directly to one or
more purchasers, at market prices  prevailing at the time  of sale or at  prices
otherwise  negotiated. See  "Selling Securityholders and  Plan of Distribution."
The Company will receive no proceeds from the sale by any Selling Securityholder
of the Noteholder Warrants or the shares of Common Stock issuable upon  exercise
of  the Noteholder Warrants, but will receive the exercise price from Noteholder
Warrants that  are  exercised  for  shares  of Common  Stock,  if  any.  If  all
Noteholder  Warrants are exercised, the aggregate  exercise price payable to the
Company will  be  $625.  The Company  will  pay  all expenses  incident  to  the
registration  of the  Securities to  which this  Prospectus relates,  except for
commissions  of  brokers  or  dealers.  The  Selling  Securityholders  and   any
broker-dealer,   agent  or  underwriter  that   participates  with  any  Selling
Securityholder in the distribution of the  Noteholder Warrants or the shares  of
Common  Stock issuable upon exercise of the Noteholder Warrants may be deemed to
be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Securities Act"), and any commissions  received by them and any profit  on
the resale of such Securities purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting
commissions  or discounts under the Securities Act. See "Selling Securityholders
and Plan of Distribution" for  indemnification arrangements between the  Company
and the Selling Securityholders.
 
    There  is currently no public market for  the Securities and there can be no
assurance that an active public market for the Securities will develop.
 
 SEE "RISK FACTORS" AT PAGE 7 OF THIS PROSPECTUS FOR INFORMATION THAT SHOULD BE
                      CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES  AND
  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS THE
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION
     PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS. ANY
                REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
               THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS             , 1996.
<PAGE>
    The inside front cover consists of a map of the United States indicating the
existing markets  in which  the Company  owns and  operates outdoor  advertising
display faces.
 
    The inside back cover consists of photographs of certain outdoor advertising
display  faces  owned  and operated  by  the  Company in  the  markets indicated
therein.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS,  INCLUDING  NOTES  THERETO,
APPEARING  ELSEWHERE IN  THIS PROSPECTUS.  AS USED  HEREIN, THE  "COMPANY" MEANS
UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.,  TOGETHER WITH ITS CONSOLIDATED  SUBSIDIARIES,
UNLESS  THE CONTEXT OTHERWISE REQUIRES. "UOI"  REFERS TO UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR, INC.
AND ITS CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES,  WHICH CONSTITUTE THE OPERATING  SUBSIDIARIES
OF  THE COMPANY. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, THE PROSPECTUS ASSUMES (I) A 16 FOR
1 SPLIT OF COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY WHICH WILL BE EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY PRIOR
TO THE CLOSING OF THE OFFERING, (II) THE RECLASSIFICATION OF THE COMPANY'S CLASS
B COMMON STOCK AND CLASS C COMMON  STOCK INTO COMMON STOCK AND THE AMENDMENT  OF
CERTAIN  PROVISIONS OF CERTAIN OUTSTANDING WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK AND
THE PLAN RELATED  THERETO, BOTH  OF WHICH WILL  OCCUR IMMEDIATELY  PRIOR TO  THE
CLOSING OF THE OFFERING AND (III) THE EXERCISE OF CERTAIN OUTSTANDING RIGHTS AND
OPTIONS  TO PURCHASE  COMMON STOCK. THE  TERM "MARKET" REFERS  TO THE GEOGRAPHIC
AREA CONSTITUTING A METROPOLITAN STATISTICAL AREA DELINEATED BY THE U.S.  CENSUS
BUREAU.  "OPERATING CASH FLOW" HAS THE MEANING SET FORTH IN FOOTNOTE (3) ON PAGE
6 HEREOF AND "OPERATING CASH FLOW MARGIN" HAS THE MEANING SET FORTH IN  FOOTNOTE
(4) ON PAGE 6 HEREOF.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    The Company is a leading outdoor advertising company operating approximately
12,700   advertising  display   faces  in  eight   markets,  including  Chicago,
Minneapolis/St.  Paul,  Indianapolis,  Jacksonville  (Florida),  Milwaukee,  Des
Moines,  Evansville (Indiana) and Dallas. The  Company believes that it owns and
operates the largest number of outdoor advertising display faces in the Chicago,
Minneapolis/St. Paul,  Indianapolis, Jacksonville,  Des Moines,  and  Evansville
markets.  The Company  increased its annual  net revenues from  $18.8 million in
fiscal 1991 to $34.1  million in fiscal  1995, or $62.4 million  on a pro  forma
basis  after giving effect to  acquisitions by the Company  in the first half of
1996. During the same  period, the Company increased  its annual Operating  Cash
Flow  from $7.7 million to $16.6 million, or $30.0 million on a pro forma basis.
The Company believes that its 1995 Operating Cash Flow Margin of 48.7%, or 48.1%
on a  pro forma  basis, is  among the  highest in  the industry.  For the  first
quarter  ended March 31, 1996, on a pro forma basis the Company had net revenues
and Operating Cash Flow of $15.1  million and $6.5 million, respectively,  which
compare  favorably to the pro forma results for the same period in 1995 of $13.6
million and $5.7 million, respectively.
 
    Since beginning operations  with a single  outdoor advertising structure  in
Chicago  in 1973, the Company  has achieved its leading  position in the outdoor
advertising industry through its aggressive acquisition and development efforts.
Since 1989, the Company has acquired approximately 12,000 display faces in eight
markets, including more than 4,000  additional display faces in Chicago.  During
the  same time period, the Company has built  in excess of 315 new display faces
in its markets, a number which the  Company believes is among the largest  built
by any outdoor advertising company during such period.
 
    According  to  recent estimates  by the  Outdoor Advertising  Association of
America  (the  "OAAA"),  the  trade  association  for  the  outdoor  advertising
industry,  outdoor advertising  generated total  revenues of  approximately $1.8
billion in 1995, or approximately 1.1% of the total advertising expenditures  in
the  United States. This represents growth  of approximately 8.2% over estimated
total 1994  revenues  and  compares  favorably  to  the  growth  of  total  U.S.
advertising  expenditures of approximately 7.7%  during the same period. Outdoor
advertising  offers  the  benefits   of  repetitive  impact   and  a  low   cost
per-thousand-impressions  compared to  competitive media,  including television,
radio, newspapers, magazines  and direct  mail marketing. As  a result,  outdoor
advertising  is  attractive both  to  national advertisers  seeking  mass market
exposure and to local businesses targeting a specific geographic area or set  of
demographic characteristics.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    The Company's strategy is to improve upon its position as, or to become, the
leading  provider of outdoor advertising services in each of its markets by: (i)
developing programs  to  maximize  advertising rates  and  occupancy  levels  in
existing  markets; (ii)  continuing to build  new display faces  in its existing
markets;  (iii)   aggressively  seeking   acquisitions  in   existing  and   new
strategically  attractive markets; (iv) implementing technological advances that
enhance the Company's  operating efficiency  and the  attractiveness of  outdoor
advertising  to advertisers; (v)  improving Operating Cash  Flow Margins through
continued adherence to strict cost controls and centralization of administrative
functions; and (vi)  developing other forms  of out-of-home media,  such as  bus
shelter  or transit advertising in order to enhance revenues in existing markets
or provide access to new markets.
 
    The Company focuses its  marketing efforts on  developing and maintaining  a
diverse  base of local advertisers which  accounted for approximately 77% of the
Company's net revenues in 1995. This local market focus has been critical to the
Company's ability to consistently increase  its net revenues while  diversifying
the account base, promoting rate integrity and adding stability to revenues.
 
    The  Company  believes that  its senior  management team  is among  the most
experienced in  the industry.  Daniel L.  Simon, President  and Chief  Executive
Officer and the founder of the Company, has spent his entire professional career
of  23  years  in  the  outdoor advertising  business.  Brian  T.  Clingen, Vice
President and Chief  Financial Officer, and  Paul G. Simon,  Vice President  and
General  Counsel, together possess over 24  years of experience in the industry.
This management team has successfully  completed and integrated 16  acquisitions
since 1989.
 
    The Company was incorporated in Delaware in 1991 and its principal executive
office  is located at 321  North Clark Street, Chicago,  Illinois 60610, and its
telephone number is (312) 644-8673.
 
                           DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
 
    On June 30, 1994, the Company issued and sold to Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. as
the Initial  Purchaser  (the "Initial  Purchaser")  50,000 Units  (the  "Units")
consisting  of $50,000,000 principal  amount at maturity of  14% Series A Senior
Secured Discount Notes due 2004 (the "Old Notes") and 50,000 Noteholder Warrants
for an aggregate  offering price  of approximately $25.4  million (the  "Warrant
Offering").  In connection with the Warrant  Offering, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.,
in its individual capacity and  not as Initial Purchaser, received  compensation
in  the  form  of 12,500  Noteholder  Warrants.  Each Unit  consisted  of $1,000
principal amount at maturity  of the Old Notes  and one Noteholder Warrant,  and
the Old Notes and Noteholder Warrants were immediately detachable and separately
transferable, subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities
laws.  The sale to the Initial Purchaser  was exempt from registration under the
Securities Act  of  1933 (the  "Securities  Act"). On  December  9, 1994,  in  a
transaction  registred under the Securities  Act, the Company issued $50,000,000
principal amount at maturity of its  14% Senior Secured Discount Notes due  2004
(the "Secured Notes") in
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
exchange  for all of the issued and outstanding Old Notes. The 62,500 Noteholder
Warrants to which this Prospectus relates are the Noteholder Warrants issued  in
the  Warrant Offering and the Noteholder Warrants  issued to Bear, Stearns & Co.
Inc. in its individual capacity.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
Securities..................................  62,500 Noteholder Warrants to purchase  Common
                                              Stock,  each  of  which  entitles  the  holder
                                              thereof to purchase  sixteen shares of  Common
                                              Stock  for  a purchase  price of  $.000625 per
                                              share, and  1,000,000 shares  of Common  Stock
                                              issuable   upon  exercise  of  the  Noteholder
                                              Warrants.  See   "Description  of   Noteholder
                                              Warrants -- General."
 
Exercise of Noteholder Warrants.............  Prior to July 1, 1999, the Noteholder Warrants
                                              are  exercisable  only  upon  certain  Trigger
                                              Events (as defined  herein under  "Description
                                              of Noteholder Warrants"), including an Initial
                                              Public Offering, a Disposition, a
                                              Non-Surviving  Combination  and  a  Change  of
                                              Control (in each case, as defined herein under
                                              "Description  of  Noteholder  Warrants").  The
                                              Noteholder  Warrants  will expire  on  July 1,
                                              2004. See "Description of Noteholder  Warrants
                                              -- Exercise of Noteholder Warrants."
 
Anti-Dilution...............................  The  number of shares of Common Stock issuable
                                              upon exercise  of the  Noteholder Warrants  is
                                              subject  to certain anti-dilution adjustments.
                                              See "Description  of  Noteholder  Warrants  --
                                              Anti-Dilution Adjustments."
</TABLE>
 
                SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS AND PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
    The  Securities may be sold from time to time by the Selling Securityholders
through underwriters or dealers, through brokers or other agents, or directly to
one or more purchasers at market prices  then prevailing at the time of sale  or
at  prices otherwise  negotiated. The  Company has  agreed to  bear the expenses
incurred in  connection with  the  registration of  the Securities,  except  for
commissions  of brokers or dealers, and to indemnify the Selling Securityholders
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. See
"Selling Securityholders and Plan of Distribution."
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    See "Risk Factors" for a discussion  of certain factors to be considered  by
prospective investors.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                 SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                                      MARCH 31,
                         ---------------------------------------------------------   ---------------------------------------------
                                                                      PRO FORMA(6)            PRO FORMA(6)            PRO FORMA(6)
                          1991     1992     1993     1994     1995        1995        1995        1995        1996        1996
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------------   -------  ------------   -------  ------------
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>            <C>      <C>            <C>      <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
  Gross revenues.......  $21,435  $27,896  $28,710  $33,180  $38,101    $70,081      $ 8,025    $15,212      $ 9,332    $16,869
  Net revenues (1).....   18,835   24,681   25,847   29,766   34,148     62,363        7,236     13,571        8,427     15,101
  Direct advertising
   expenses............    7,638   10,383   10,901   11,806   12,864     24,435        3,108      5,949        3,571      6,509
  General and
   administrative
   expenses............    3,515    3,530    3,357    3,873    4,645      7,925        1,072      1,923        1,227      2,110
  Operating income.....    2,152    2,951    3,589    6,777    9,237     14,360        1,319      1,978        1,597      2,422
  Interest expense.....    6,599    9,591    9,299   11,809   12,894                   3,087                   3,594
  Income (loss) before
   extraordinary item
   (2).................   (4,500)  (6,349)  (6,061)  (5,166)  (3,703)                 (1,778)                 (2,007)
  Net income (loss)....   (4,500)  (6,349)  (9,321)  (5,166)  (3,703)                 (1,778)                 (2,007)
  Net loss per share...    (0.60)   (0.84)   (1.24)   (0.69)   (0.49)                  (0.24)                  (0.27)
  Weighted average
   common and
   equivalent shares
   outstanding.........    7,520    7,520    7,520    7,520    7,520                   7,520                   7,520
 
OTHER DATA:
  Operating Cash Flow
   (3).................  $ 7,682  $10,768  $11,589  $14,087  $16,639    $30,003      $ 3,056    $ 5,699      $ 3,629    $ 6,482
  Operating Cash Flow
   Margin (4)..........     40.8%    43.6%    44.8%    47.3%    48.7%      48.1%        42.2%      42.0%        43.1%      42.9%
  Capital
   expenditures........  $ 2,047  $ 2,352  $ 2,004  $ 4,668  $ 5,620                 $   576                 $ 1,966
  Depreciation and
   amortization........    5,530    7,817    8,000    7,310    7,402     15,643        1,737      3,721        2,032      4,060
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                        -------------------------------------
                                                                                     PRO
                                                                         ACTUAL   FORMA (7)   AS ADJUSTED (8)
                                                                        --------  ---------   ---------------
<S>                                                                     <C>       <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Working capital.....................................................  $  2,592  $  6,670       $  6,670
  Total assets........................................................    84,747   177,963        177,963
  Total long-term debt (5)............................................   120,248   180,248        135,672
  Common stockholders' equity (deficit)...............................   (40,533)  (10,532)        34,044
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) Net revenues are gross revenues less agency commissions.
 
(2) Extraordinary loss represents loss on early extinguishment of debt.
 
(3)   "Operating  Cash  Flow"  is   operating  income  before  depreciation  and
    amortization. Operating  Cash Flow  is not  intended to  represent net  cash
    provided by operating activities as defined by generally accepted accounting
    principles  and should  not be  considered as  an alternative  to net income
    (loss) as an indicator of the Company's operating performance or to net cash
    provided by  operating activities  as a  measure of  liquidity. The  Company
    believes  Operating Cash Flow is a measure commonly reported and widely used
    by analysts, investors and other  interested parties in the media  industry.
    Accordingly,  this information  has been disclosed  herein to  permit a more
    complete  comparative  analysis  of  the  Company's  operating   performance
    relative to other companies in the media industry.
 
(4)  "Operating Cash Flow Margin" is Operating  Cash Flow stated as a percentage
    of net revenues.
 
(5) Long-term debt does not include current maturities.
 
(6) Represents actual amounts adjusted to give effect to the acquisitions of NOA
    Holding Company, Ad-Sign, Inc. and Image Media, Inc. See Pro Forma  Combined
    Statement of Operations.
 
(7)  Represents actual amounts adjusted to give effect to the acquisition of NOA
    Holding Company. See Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet.
 
(8) Represents actual amounts adjusted to give effect to the acquisition of  NOA
    Holding  Company and the application of  the estimated net proceeds of $45.7
    million to the Company of the Offering based upon an assumed public offering
    price of $13.50 per share and the application of the net proceeds therefrom.
    See "Use of Proceeds" and Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    IN  ADDITION  TO THE  OTHER INFORMATION  IN  THIS PROSPECTUS,  THE FOLLOWING
FACTORS SHOULD  BE  CONSIDERED CAREFULLY  IN  EVALUATING AN  INVESTMENT  IN  THE
SECURITIES OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
    SUBSTANTIAL  LEVERAGE;  ABILITY TO  SERVICE INDEBTEDNESS.   The  Company has
substantial indebtedness.  On a  pro  forma basis  after  giving effect  to  the
acquisitions  by  the Company  and  indebtedness incurred  as  a result  of such
acquisitions and the  application of  the net proceeds  of the  Offering, as  of
March  31, 1996,  the Company's  total long-term  debt was  approximately $135.7
million, and on  a pro forma  basis for the  three months ended  March 31,  1996
interest  expense was approximately $3.9 million,  or 25.7% of net revenues. The
Company's level of consolidated  indebtedness could have important  consequences
to  the  holders of  Common Stock,  including the  following: (i)  a substantial
portion of the  Company's cash  flow from operations  must be  dedicated to  the
payment  of the principal  of and interest  on its indebtedness  and will not be
available for  other  purposes;  (ii)  the ability  of  the  Company  to  obtain
financing  in  the  future  for  working  capital  needs,  capital expenditures,
acquisitions, investments, general corporate purposes  or other purposes may  be
materially  limited or impaired;  and (iii) the  Company's level of indebtedness
may reduce  the  Company's  flexibility  to respond  to  changing  business  and
economic conditions. Subject to certain limitations contained in its outstanding
debt   instruments,  the  Company  or  its  subsidiaries  may  incur  additional
indebtedness to finance working capital or capital expenditures, investments  or
acquisitions  or for other purposes. See  "Description of Indebtedness and Other
Commitments." Although historically the Company's  Operating Cash Flow has  been
sufficient  to service  its fixed  charges, there can  be no  assurance that the
Company's Operating  Cash Flow  will continue  to exceed  its fixed  charges.  A
decline  in Operating Cash Flow  could impair the Company's  ability to meet its
obligations, including  for  debt  service,  and  to  make  scheduled  principal
repayments.  See  "Selected  Consolidated  Financial  and  Operating  Data"  and
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations."
 
    STOCKHOLDERS'  DEFICIT; PRIOR  PERIOD LOSSES.   On  a pro  forma basis after
giving effect to the acquisitions by the Company and indebtedness incurred as  a
result  of such acquisitions, at March 31, 1996, the Company had a stockholders'
deficit of $10.5 million. The Company has historically had net losses which have
resulted in  significant part  from  substantial depreciation  and  amortization
expenses  relating to assets  purchased in the  Company's acquisitions, interest
expense associated  with  related  indebtedness  and  deferred  financing  costs
charged  to extraordinary losses. Moreover,  additional acquisitions will result
in increased depreciation, amortization and  interest expenses. There can be  no
assurance that the Company will generate net income in the future.
 
    RESTRICTIONS  IMPOSED BY  THE COMPANY'S INDEBTEDNESS.   The  banks under the
Revolving Credit Facility and the  Acquisition Credit Facility (each as  defined
in  "Description  of  Indebtedness  and  Other  Commitments")  have  a  lien  on
substantially all  of the  assets of  UOI and  its subsidiaries,  including  the
capital  stock of its subsidiaries, to secure the indebtedness of UOI under such
credit facilities, and the  noteholders under the Secured  Notes (as defined  in
"Description  of  Indebtedness  and Other  Commitments")  have a  pledge  of the
capital stock of UOI to secure the indebtedness of the Company under the Secured
Notes. In addition, the Common Stock owned  by management may be pledged to  the
banks under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Acquisition Credit Facility in
certain   limited   circumstances.  The   Company's  debt   instruments  contain
restrictions on the Company's ability  to incur additional indebtedness,  create
liens,  pay  dividends,  sell  assets and  make  acquisitions.  Furthermore, the
Revolving Credit Agreement and  Acquisition Credit Agreement (collectively,  the
"Credit  Agreements")  contain  certain  maintenance  tests.  There  can  be  no
assurance that the Company and its subsidiaries will be able to comply with  the
provisions  of their  respective debt  instruments, including  compliance by UOI
with the financial ratios and tests  contained in the Credit Agreements.  Breach
of  any of these covenants or the  failure to fulfill the obligations thereunder
and the  lapse of  any applicable  grace periods  would result  in an  event  of
default  under  the  applicable  debt  instruments,  and  the  holders  of  such
indebtedness  could  declare  all  amounts  outstanding  under  the   applicable
instruments  to be due and  payable immediately. There can  be no assurance that
the assets or cash  flow of the  Company or the  Company's subsidiaries, as  the
case  may  be, would  be  sufficient to  repay  in full  borrowings  under their
outstanding debt instruments
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
whether upon maturity or earlier or if such indebtedness were to be  accelerated
upon  an event of default or certain repurchase events or that the Company would
be able  to  refinance or  restructure  its  payments on  such  indebtedness  or
repurchase  the  Secured  Notes or  UOI  Notes  (as defined  in  "Description of
Indebtedness and Other Commitments"). If  such indebtedness were not so  repaid,
refinanced  or restructured, the lenders or noteholders could proceed to realize
on their  collateral.  In addition,  any  event  of default  or  declaration  of
acceleration  under one debt instrument could also result in an event of default
under one or more of the  Company's other debt instruments. See "--  Substantial
Leverage;  Ability to Service Indebtedness" and "Description of Indebtedness and
Other Commitments."
 
    HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE.  Universal Outdoor  is a holding company with  no
business  operations of its own. Universal  Outdoor's only material asset is all
of the  outstanding  capital  stock  of UOI,  through  which  Universal  Outdoor
conducts  its  business  operations.  Accordingly,  Universal  Outdoor  will  be
dependent on the earnings  and cash flow, and  dividends and distributions  from
UOI  to pay its expenses  and to pay any cash  dividends or distributions on the
Common Stock  that may  be authorized  by the  Board of  Directors of  Universal
Outdoor.  UOI has substantial cash interest expense  due on the UOI Notes. There
can be no assurance that UOI will generate sufficient cash flow to pay dividends
or distribute  funds to  Universal  Outdoor or  that  applicable state  law  and
contractual  restrictions, including  negative covenants  contained in  the debt
instruments of UOI, will  permit such dividends or  distributions. The terms  of
the  Credit  Agreements and  the UOI  Notes currently  restrict UOI  from paying
dividends  or  making  distributions  except  in  very  limited   circumstances,
including  paying  certain expenses  of Universal  Outdoor and  repurchasing its
Secured Notes. See  "-- Substantial Leverage;  Ability to Service  Indebtedness"
and "Description of Indebtedness and Other Commitments."
 
    ACQUISITION  STRATEGY.    The  Company's  growth  has  been  facilitated  by
strategic acquisitions that have substantially increased the Company's inventory
of advertising display faces. One element of the Company's operating strategy is
to make acquisitions in markets in which it currently competes as well as in new
markets. While the  Company believes  that the outdoor  advertising industry  is
highly  fragmented and that significant acquisition opportunities are available,
there can be no assurance that suitable acquisition candidates can be found. The
Company is likely to face competition  from other outdoor advertising and  media
companies  for acquisition opportunities that are available. In addition, if the
prices sought  by sellers  of outdoor  advertising display  faces and  companies
continue   to  rise,   the  Company   may  find   fewer  acceptable  acquisition
opportunities. There can be no assurance  that the Company will have  sufficient
capital  resources to complete acquisitions,  that acquisitions can be completed
on terms acceptable to the Company, or that any acquisitions that are  completed
can  be successfully integrated  into the Company.  Also, in the Minneapolis/St.
Paul market, the  Company is subject  to a consent  judgment that restricts  the
Company's  ability to purchase outdoor  advertising display faces until February
1, 2001. See "Business -- Government Regulation." While the Company continues to
evaluate acquisition opportunities, there  are no material acquisitions  pending
as of the date of this Prospectus.
 
    REGULATION OF OUTDOOR ADVERTISING.  Outdoor advertising displays are subject
to  governmental  regulation  at  the federal,  state  and  local  levels. These
regulations, in some cases,  limit the height, size,  location and operation  of
billboards   and,  in  limited  circumstances,   regulate  the  content  of  the
advertising copy  displayed on  the  billboards. Some  governmental  regulations
prohibit  the  construction of  new billboards  or the  replacement, relocation,
enlargement or  upgrading  of  existing structures.  Some  cities  have  adopted
amortization  ordinances under which, after the expiration of a specified period
of time,  billboards must  be removed  at the  owner's expense  and without  the
payment of compensation. Ordinances requiring the removal of a billboard without
compensation, whether through amortization or otherwise, are being challenged in
various  state and  federal courts with  conflicting results. Other  than in the
Company's newly acquired Jacksonville  market, amortization ordinances have  not
materially  affected  operations in  the  Company's markets.  As  a result  of a
settlement of litigation related  to certain assets  in the Jacksonville  market
prior  to their  acquisition, the  Company has  removed 165  outdoor advertising
structures in 1995 and is required to remove an additional 546 (of its total  of
1,493)  outdoor advertising structures over  the next 19 years  with 317 of such
structures to be removed between 1995 and  1998. There can be no assurance  that
these   removals   will  not   adversely   affect  the   Company's   results  of
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
operations. Recently, the Food and Drug Administration has proposed  legislation
which  would prohibit the use  of pictures and color  in tobacco advertising and
has also proposed the elimination of all tobacco advertising on outdoor displays
located within  1,000  feet  of  any school.  Additionally,  one  major  tobacco
manufacturer  has  recently  proposed  federal  legislation  be  enacted banning
8-sheet billboard advertising  and transit  advertising of  tobacco products  in
addition to banning tobacco advertising near schools and playgrounds. While such
legislation  has  not  been  enacted  by  Congress,  the  restrictions currently
proposed, if  enacted, may  have  a material  adverse  effect on  the  Company's
results of operations. No assurance can be given as to the effect on the Company
of  existing laws  and regulations or  of new  laws and regulations  that may be
adopted in the future. See "Business  -- Customers" and "Business --  Government
Regulation."
 
    ECONOMIC  CONDITIONS; ADVERTISING  TRENDS.  The  Company relies  on sales of
advertising space  for its  revenues  and its  operating results  therefore  are
affected  by general  economic conditions as  well as trends  in the advertising
industry. A reduction  in advertising expenditures  available for the  Company's
displays  could result from a general  decline in economic conditions, a decline
in economic conditions in particular markets where the Company conducts business
or a  reallocation  of advertising  expenditures  to other  available  media  by
significant users of the Company's displays.
 
    Historically,   manufacturers   of  cigarettes   have  been   major  outdoor
advertisers. Beginning  in 1993,  the  leading tobacco  companies  substantially
reduced  their  domestic advertising  expenditures  in response  to  a declining
population of  smokers  in  the  United States,  societal  pressures  to  reduce
advertising,   consolidation  in  the  tobacco  industry  and  increasing  price
competition from generic  products. In 1995,  tobacco advertising accounted  for
13.3%  of the Company's net revenues, a  reduction from 27.6% in 1991. There can
be no assurance that  the tobacco industry will  not further reduce  advertising
expenditures  in the  future or  that such reductions  will not  have a material
adverse effect  on  the  Company's  revenues.  See  "--  Regulation  of  Outdoor
Advertising,"  "Business  -- Sales  and  Service," and  "Business  -- Government
Regulation."
 
    COMPETITION.  The  Company faces competition  for advertising revenues  from
other  outdoor advertising companies, as well as from other media such as radio,
television, print media  and direct  mail marketing. The  Company also  competes
with  a  wide variety  of  other out-of-home  advertising  media, the  range and
diversity of  which has  increased substantially  over the  past several  years,
including   advertising  displays  in  shopping  centers  and  malls,  airports,
stadiums, movie  theaters and  supermarkets,  and on  taxis, trains,  buses  and
subways.  Some  of the  Company's competitors  are substantially  larger, better
capitalized and have access to greater resources than the Company. There can  be
no  assurance that outdoor advertising media will  be able to compete with other
types of media, or that  the Company will be able  to compete either within  the
outdoor advertising industry or with other media. See "Business -- Competition."
 
    RELIANCE  ON KEY EXECUTIVES.  The Company's success depends to a significant
extent upon  the continued  services of  its executive  officers and  other  key
management  and sales personnel, in particular its President and Chief Executive
Officer, Daniel L.  Simon. Although the  Company believes it  has incentive  and
compensation programs designed to retain key employees, including a warrant plan
to  purchase shares of the  Company's Common Stock upon  the market value of the
Common Stock reaching certain levels,  the Company has few employment  contracts
with  its employees, and very few of  its employees are bound by non-competition
agreements. The Company  maintains key  man insurance  on Daniel  L. Simon.  The
unavailability  of the continuing  services of its  executive officers and other
key management and sales personnel could  have a material adverse effect on  the
Company's business. See "Management."
 
    CONTROL  BY  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS  AND DIRECTORS.    Upon consummation  of the
Offering, the Company's officers and directors will beneficially own  (including
for  this purpose options exercisable within  60 days, the Common Stock issuable
upon exercise  of the  Warrants exercisable  upon consummation  of the  Offering
pursuant  to the 1996 Warrant Plan (as  defined in "Description of Capital Stock
- -- The  1996 Warrant  Plan") and  shares  over which  such persons  have  voting
control) approximately 46.95% of the
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
outstanding  shares of the Company's Common Stock. See "Principal Stockholders."
Such persons, if acting together, would have sufficient voting power to  control
the  outcome of corporate actions submitted to the stockholders for approval and
to control the management and affairs of the Company, including the election  of
the  Board of  Directors of the  Company. As  a result of  such control, certain
transactions may  not be  possible without  the approval  of such  stockholders,
including  proxy contests,  mergers involving the  Company and  tender offers or
other purchases of Common Stock that could give stockholders of the Company  the
opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price for their
shares of Common Stock. See "Principal Stockholders" and "Description of Capital
Stock  -- Special  Provisions of  the Certificate  of Incorporation,  Bylaws and
Delaware Law."
 
    ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS.  The level of stock ownership of the management of
the Company and KIA V  and KEP V (each as  hereinafter defined), as well as  the
provisions  of Delaware corporation law and the Certificate of Incorporation and
Bylaws (each as defined in "Description of Capital Stock"), may have the  effect
of  deterring hostile  takeovers, delaying or  preventing changes  in control or
changes in  management,  or limiting  the  ability of  stockholders  to  approve
transactions  that they  may deem  to be in  their best  interests. In addition,
under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors has the
authority to  issue shares  of  Preferred Stock  and  establish the  rights  and
preferences  thereof without obtaining stockholder  approval. The Company has no
present plans  to issue  any  shares of  Preferred  Stock. See  "Description  of
Capital Stock."
 
    ABSENCE  OF PUBLIC  MARKET.   There is  currently no  public market  for the
Securities offered hereby and  there can be no  assurance that an active  public
market for the Securities will develop.
 
    RANKING  OF WARRANTS.  If a bankruptcy or reorganization case were commenced
by or  against the  Company,  a bankruptcy  court  might hold  that  unexercised
Noteholder  Warrants are executory contracts that may be subject to rejection by
the Company (with the approval of the bankruptcy court), in which event, even if
sufficient funds  were  available,  holders of  the  Noteholder  Warrants  might
receive  nothing or a  lesser amount than  they would be  entitled to receive if
they had exercised their Noteholder Warrants  prior to the commencement of  such
case.
 
    SHARES  ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE.  Beginning  180 days after the date of the
Offering (upon expiration of certain lockup agreements with the underwriters for
the Offering), 10,500,000 shares of Common  Stock outstanding as of the date  of
this  Prospectus, will become eligible for  sale immediately in reliance on Rule
144A and at prescribed times, subject to volume and manner of sale restrictions,
in reliance on  Rule 144, each  promulgated under the  Securities Act. Sales  of
substantial  amounts of Common  Stock (including shares  issued upon exercise of
stock options), or the perception that  such sales could occur, could  adversely
affect  prevailing market prices for the  Common Stock. See "Shares Eligible for
Future Sale." An additional 2,470,608 shares  are subject to issuance under  the
1996  Warrant Plan and upon  issuance will be eligible  for sale under Rule 144.
Moreover, KIA V and KEP V and their respective partners and certain officers  of
the  Company, who  in the aggregate  will beneficially own  10,500,000 shares of
Common  Stock  upon  the  consummation  of  the  Offering,  will  have   certain
registration  rights with respect  thereto. See "Management  -- The 1996 Warrant
Plan" and "Description of Noteholder Warrants."
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The  Company  will  receive  no  proceeds  from  the  sale  by  the  Selling
Securityholders  of  the  Noteholder  Warrants or  the  shares  of  Common Stock
issuable upon exercise of the Noteholder Warrants, but will receive the exercise
price from Noteholder  Warrantholders with respect  to Noteholder Warrants  that
are exercised for shares of Common Stock, if any. If all Noteholder Warrants are
exercised, the aggregate exercise price payable to the Company will be $625. The
proceeds  from the exercise of the Noteholder  Warrants, if any, will be used by
the Company for  general corporate  purposes. All  of the  expenses incurred  in
connection  with the registration  of the Noteholder Warrants  and the shares of
Common Stock issuable  upon exercise of  the Noteholder Warrants  to which  this
Prospectus relates will be paid by the
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
Company,  except for  commissions of  brokers or  dealers and  any transfer fees
incurred in connection with sales of  the Noteholder Warrants and the shares  of
Common  Stock  issuable upon  the  exercise of  the  Noteholder Warrants  by the
Selling Securityholders, which will be paid by the Selling Securityholders.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The Company  has  not  paid dividends  on  its  Common Stock  and  does  not
anticipate  paying dividends in  the foreseeable future.  The Company intends to
retain any future  earnings for reinvestment  in the Company.  In addition,  the
Company's  Credit Agreements, Secured Notes and  the UOI Notes place limitations
on the Company's  ability to pay  dividends or make  any other distributions  on
Common   Stock.  See  "Description   of  Capital  Stock"   and  "Description  of
Indebtedness and Other Commitments." Any future determination as to the  payment
of  dividends will be subject  to such prohibitions and  limitations, will be at
the discretion  of the  Company's Board  of  Directors and  will depend  on  the
Company's  results of operations, financial  condition, capital requirements and
other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth  the unaudited capitalization of the  Company
at  March 31, 1996, and as adjusted to give effect to the Offering at an assumed
offering price  of $13.50.  The table  should be  read in  conjunction with  the
Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere herein.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                          ---------------------------------------
                                                                                                        PRO              AS
                                                                                           ACTUAL    FORMA (1)      ADJUSTED (2)
                                                                                          --------  ------------   --------------
                                                                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                       <C>       <C>            <C>
Short term debt:
  Current maturities of long term debt and other obligations............................  $     58    $     --        $     --
                                                                                          --------  ------------   --------------
Long term debt:
  Revolving Credit Facility.............................................................     3,692          --              --
  Acquisition Credit Facility...........................................................    18,778       8,552              --
  Acquisition Term Loan.................................................................        --      75,000          47,033
  14% Series A Senior Secured Discount Notes due 2004...................................    30,175      30,175          22,118
  11% Series A Senior Notes due 2003....................................................    64,179      64,179          64,179
  Other obligations.....................................................................     3,424       2,342           2,342
                                                                                          --------  ------------   --------------
    Total long term debt and other obligations..........................................   120,248     180,248         135,672
Common stockholders' equity (deficit)...................................................   (40,533)    (10,532)         34,044
                                                                                          --------  ------------   --------------
    Total capitalization................................................................  $ 79,773    $169,716        $169,716
                                                                                          --------  ------------   --------------
                                                                                          --------  ------------   --------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  Reflects  the  Naegele Acquisition  consummated  as  of April  5,  1996 and
    issuance of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock. See "Business  --
    Acquisitions" and "Certain Transactions."
 
(2) Reflects the application of the net proceeds of the Offering.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
               SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
 
    The  selected financial data  presented below as  of and for  the year ended
December 31, 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995 are derived
from  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of  the  Company.  The  selected
financial  data as of and for the years  ended December 31, 1992, 1993, 1994 and
1995 are derived from the financial  statements of the Company. Certain of  such
financial statements were unaudited. The financial statements of the Company for
the  three years  in the period  ended December  31, 1995 were  audited by Price
Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, as  indicated in their report  included
elsewhere  in this  Prospectus. The  selected financial data  as of  and for the
three months  ended  March 31,  1995  and 1996  are  derived from  the  combined
financial  statements  included  herein  and include  all  normal  and recurring
adjustments necessary for a fair presentation  of such data. The data set  forth
below  should be read in conjunction  with "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Consolidated Financial
Statements, including the Notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
Due to the significant development and acquisition of additional structures, the
data set forth below is not  necessarily comparable on a year-to-year basis  and
data  set forth for  certain periods is  not indicative of  results for the full
year.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                    ------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    PRO
                                                                                 FORMA (6)
                                     1991     1992     1993     1994     1995      1995
                                    -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ---------
                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                 <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Gross revenue.....................  $21,435  $27,896  $28,710  $33,180  $38,101   $70,081
Net revenues (1)..................   18,835   24,681   25,847   29,766   34,148    62,363
Direct advertising expenses.......    7,638   10,383   10,901   11,806   12,864    24,435
General and administrative
 expenses.........................    3,515    3,530    3,357    3,873    4,645     7,925
Depreciation and amortization.....    5,530    7,817    8,000    7,310    7,402    15,643
Operating income..................    2,152    2,951    3,589    6,777    9,237    14,360
Interest expense..................    6,599    9,591    9,299   11,809   12,894
Other (expense) income, net.......      (53)     291     (351)    (134)     (46)
Net income (loss) before extra-
 ordinary item (2)................   (4,500)  (6,349)  (6,061)  (5,166)  (3,703)
Net loss..........................   (4,500)  (6,349)  (9,321)  (5,166)  (3,703)
Net loss per share................    (0.60)   (0.84)   (1.24)   (0.69)   (0.49)
Weighted average common and
 equivalent shares outstanding....    7,520    7,520    7,520    7,520    7,520
 
OTHER DATA:
Operating Cash Flow (3)...........  $ 7,682  $10,768  $11,589  $14,087  $16,639   $30,003
Operating Cash Flow Margin (4)....     40.8%    43.6%    44.8%    47.3%    48.7%     48.1%
Capital expenditures..............    2,047    2,352    2,004    4,668    5,620
Depreciation and amortization.....    5,530    7,817    8,000    7,310    7,402    15,643
 
<CAPTION>
                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                    --------------------------------------
                                                PRO                 PRO
                                             FORMA (6)           FORMA (6)
                                     1995      1995       1996     1996
                                    -------  ---------   ------  ---------
 
<S>                                 <C>      <C>         <C>     <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Gross revenue.....................  $ 8,025   $15,212    $9,332   $16,869
Net revenues (1)..................    7,236   13,571      8,427   15,101
Direct advertising expenses.......    3,108    5,949      3,571    6,509
General and administrative
 expenses.........................    1,072    1,923      1,227    2,110
Depreciation and amortization.....    1,737    3,721      2,032    4,060
Operating income..................    1,319    1,978      1,597    2,422
Interest expense..................    3,087               3,594
Other (expense) income, net.......      (10)                (10)
Net income (loss) before extra-
 ordinary item (2)................   (1,778)             (2,007)
Net loss..........................   (1,778)             (2,007)
Net loss per share................    (0.24)              (0.27)
Weighted average common and
 equivalent shares outstanding....    7,520               7,520
OTHER DATA:
Operating Cash Flow (3)...........  $ 3,056   $5,699     $3,629   $6,482
Operating Cash Flow Margin (4)....     42.2%    42.0%      43.1%    42.9%
Capital expenditures..............      576               1,966
Depreciation and amortization.....    1,737    3,721      2,032    4,060
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 -------------------------
                                                 -----------------------------------------------------   PRO FORMA   AS ADJUSTED
                                                   1991       1992       1993       1994       1995         (7)          (8)
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital(5).............................  $   2,365  $   1,326  $   1,730  $   2,845  $   4,195   $   6,670    $    6,670
Total assets...................................     71,682     65,754     61,816     68,253     71,050     177,963       177,963
Total long-term debt and other obligations.....     65,076     59,363     69,254     99,669    106,362     180,248       135,672
Redeemable preferred stock.....................     13,442     15,055     21,505
Common stockholders' equity (deficit)..........    (11,450)   (17,799)   (32,157)   (34,823)   (38,526)    (10,532)       34,044
</TABLE>
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
- ------------------------------
(1)  Net revenues are gross revenues less agency commissions.
 
(2)  Extraordinary loss represents loss on early extinguishment of debt.
 
(3)  "Operating  Cash  Flow"  is   operating  income  before  depreciation   and
     amortization.  Operating Cash  Flow is not  intended to  represent net cash
     flow provided  by operating  activities as  defined by  generally  accepted
     accounting principles and should not be considered as an alternative to net
     income  (loss) as an indicator of the Company's operating performance or to
     net cash provided by  operating activities as a  measure of liquidity.  The
     Company  believes Operating  Cash Flow is  a measure  commonly reported and
     widely used  by analysts,  investors and  other interested  parties in  the
     media  industry. Accordingly this information  has been disclosed herein to
     permit a  more complete  comparative analysis  of the  Company's  operating
     performance relative to other companies in the media industry.
 
(4)  "Operating  Cash Flow Margin" is Operating Cash Flow stated as a percentage
     of net revenues.
 
(5)  Working capital  is  current  assets less  current  liabilities  (excluding
     current   maturities  of  long-term  debt  and  other  obligations).  Other
     obligations totalled $2,850 at December 31, 1992.
 
(6)  Represents actual amounts adjusted  to give effect  to the acquisitions  of
     NOA  Holding Company,  Ad-Sign, Inc.  and Image  Media, Inc.  See Pro Forma
     Combined Statement of Operations.
 
(7)  Represents actual amounts adjusted to give effect to the acquisition of NOA
     Holding Company. See Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet.
 
(8)  Represents actual amounts adjusted to give effect to the acquisition of NOA
     Holding Company and the application of the estimated net proceeds of  $45.7
     million  to  the  Company of  the  Offering  based upon  an  assumed public
     offering price of $13.50 per share and the application of the net  proceeds
     therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds" and Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The  following discussion of  the consolidated results  of operations of the
Company for the three years ended  December 31, 1995 and financial condition  at
December  31, 1995 should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial
Statements of  the Company  and the  related notes  included elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus.
 
GENERAL
 
    The  Company has grown  significantly since 1989  through the acquisition of
outdoor advertising businesses and individual display faces in specific markets,
improvements in  occupancy and  advertising rates,  and the  development of  new
display  faces in existing markets. Between January  1, 1989 and April 30, 1996,
the Company spent in excess of $160 million to acquire additional display faces,
increasing the number  of its display  faces from approximately  600 in 1989  to
approximately  12,700 at April  30, 1996. During this  period, the Company's net
revenues increased from  $10.3 million  in 1989 to  $34.1 million  in 1995.  The
following table lists the Company's acquisitions since January 1, 1989:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                APPROXIMATE NUMBER AND TYPE OF
                                                                                    DISPLAY FACES ACQUIRED
                                                                        ----------------------------------------------
YEAR OF                                                                               30-SHEET     8-SHEET
ACQUISITION                            MARKETS                           BULLETINS     POSTERS     POSTERS     TOTAL
- --------------  ------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
<S>             <C>                                                     <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
  1989........  Milwaukee, Chicago                                             270       --          --            270
  1990........  Chicago                                                         12       --          --             12
  1991........  Indianapolis, Des Moines, Evansville, Chicago                  421        2,480         140      3,041
  1994........  Chicago, Milwaukee                                              20       --           4,151      4,171
  1995........  Chicago, Dallas                                                  9       --           1,127      1,136
  1996........  Chicago, Minneapolis/St. Paul, Jacksonville                  1,022        2,550      --          3,572
                                                                        -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
    Total.............................................................       1,754        5,030       5,418     12,202
                                                                        -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                        -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The  Company's acquisitions have  been financed through  bank borrowings and
the issuance of long-term debt and redeemable preferred stock (all of which  has
been  redeemed), as  well as  with internally-generated  funds. All acquisitions
have  been  accounted  for  using   the  purchase  method  of  accounting,   and
consequently,  operating results from acquired  operations are included from the
respective dates of those  acquisitions. As a result  of these acquisitions  and
the  effects  of consolidation  of  operations following  each  acquisition, the
operating performance of certain markets and of the Company as a whole reflected
in the  Company's  Consolidated Financial  Statements  and other  financial  and
operating  data included herein are not necessarily comparable on a year-to-year
basis.
 
    The Company  will  recognize  a one-time  non-cash  compensation  charge  of
approximately  $9 million in the  quarter to be ended  June 30, 1996 relating to
the issuance of the Warrants under the 1996 Warrant Plan. See "Management -- The
1996 Warrant Plan."
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following  table  presents  certain operating  statement  items  in  the
Consolidated Statements of Operations as a percentage of net revenues:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 THREE YEARS ENDED        THREE MONTHS
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,         ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                              ------------------------   ---------------
                                                               1993     1994     1995     1995     1996
                                                              ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Net revenues................................................    100.0%   100.0%   100.0%   100.0%   100.0%
  Direct advertising expenses...............................     42.2     39.7     37.7     43.0     42.4
  General and administrative expenses.......................     13.0     13.0     13.6     14.8     14.5
                                                              ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
Operating Cash Flow (1).....................................     44.8     47.3     48.7     42.2     43.1
Depreciation and amortization...............................     30.9     24.5     21.6     24.0     24.1
                                                              ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
Operating income............................................     13.9     22.8     27.1     18.2     19.0
Other expense, primarily interest...........................     37.3     40.2     37.9     42.8     42.8
                                                              ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
Net loss before extraordinary item..........................    (23.4)   (17.4)   (10.8)   (24.6)   (23.8)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)   "Operating  Cash  Flow"  is   operating  income  before  depreciation  and
    amortization. Operating Cash Flow is not intended to represent net cash flow
    provided by operating activities as defined by generally accepted accounting
    principles and should  not be  considered as  an alternative  to net  income
    (loss) as an indicator of the Company's operating performance or to net cash
    provided  by operating  activities as  a measure  of liquidity.  The Company
    believes Operating Cash Flow is a measure commonly reported and widely  used
    by  analysts, investors and other interested  parties in the media industry.
    Accordingly this  information has  been disclosed  herein to  permit a  more
    complete   comparative  analysis  of  the  Company's  operating  performance
    relative to other companies in the media industry.
 
    Revenues are a function of both the occupancy of the Company's display faces
and the rates that the  Company charges for their  use. The Company focuses  its
sales  effort on maximizing occupancy levels while maintaining rate integrity in
its markets. Additionally, the Company believes  it is important to the  overall
sales  effort to continually attempt to develop new inventory in growth areas of
its existing markets in order to enhance overall revenues.
 
    Historically,  manufacturers   of  cigarettes   have  been   major   outdoor
advertisers.  In  the early  1990's,  tobacco manufacturers  began substantially
reducing their advertising expenditures. By  diversifying its customer base  and
increasing  sales  to local  advertisers, the  Company's  tobacco revenues  as a
percentage of total revenues declined from 19.9% in 1992 to 13.3% in 1995, while
the Company's total net revenues increased 38.4% during the same period.
 
    Net revenues represent gross revenues  less commissions paid to  advertising
agencies  that  contract  for  the  use of  advertising  displays  on  behalf of
advertisers. Approximately 35%  of the Company's  gross revenues are  contracted
for  directly from local advertisers. Agency commissions on those revenues which
are contracted through  agencies are typically  15% of gross  revenues on  local
sales  and 16 2/3%  of gross revenues  on national sales.  The Company considers
agency commissions as a reduction in gross revenues, and measures its  operating
performance based upon percentages of net revenues rather than gross revenues.
 
    Direct advertising expenses consist of the following five catagories: lease,
production,  sales,  maintenance and  illumination.  The lease  expense consists
mainly of  rental payments  to owners  of  the land  underlying the  signs.  The
production category consists of all of the costs to produce advertising copy and
install  it on the display  faces. Sales expense consists  mainly of the cost of
staffing a  sales  force to  sell  within  a specific  market.  The  maintenance
category  includes  minor  repair  and  miscellaneous  maintenance  of  the sign
structures and the illumination category consists mainly of electricity costs to
light the display  faces. The  majority of  these direct  expenses are  variable
costs  (other than lease  costs) that will  fluctuate with the  overall level of
revenues.  In  1995,  these  expenses  amounted  to  the  following  approximate
percentages  of  net  revenues:  lease  14.2%,  production  11.3%,  sales  6.8%,
maintenance 3.3% and illumination 2.1%.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
    General and administrative expenses occur  at both the market and  corporate
levels.  At  the market  level these  expenses contain  various items  of office
overhead  pertaining  to  both  the  personnel  and  the  facility  required  to
administer  a  given  market.  The corporate  general  and  administrative costs
represent staff  and  facility  expenses  for  the  executive  offices  and  the
centralized  accounting  function.  Both  types  of  general  and administrative
expenses are primarily fixed expenses in the operation of the business.
 
    The Company  had  federal  income  tax  net  operating  losses  ("NOLs")  of
approximately  $15.5 million as of  December 31, 1995, which  will expire over a
period of years beginning  in 2005. Use  of these NOLs is  subject to an  annual
limit  of approximately $2.4  million under Section 382  of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended,  and may be subject  to further restriction under  the
rules applicable to corporations filing consolidated federal income tax returns.
Management  believes that sufficient taxable income will be generated to use the
$15.5 million of NOLs prior to their expiration between 2005 and 2010.  However,
there  can be no assurance  that sufficient taxable income  will be generated in
the future.
 
COMPARISON OF THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND MARCH 31, 1995
 
    Net revenues increased 16.5% to $8.4  million during the first three  months
of  1996 from $7.2  million in the corresponding  1995 period, reflecting higher
advertising  rates   and  occupancy   levels   experienced  primarily   in   the
Indianapolis,  Des Moines and  Evansville markets and the  inclusion of the 1996
partial period of revenues from the acquisition of Ad-Sign, Inc.
 
    Direct advertising expenses  increased to  $3.6 million in  the first  three
months  of 1996 from $3.1 million  in the 1995 period as  a result of the higher
net revenues.  As a  percentage  of net  revenues, direct  advertising  expenses
decreased  slightly to 42.4% in the first three months of 1996 compared to 43.0%
in the 1995 period as a result  of economies of scale associated with  increased
revenues.
 
    General  and administrative expenses increased to  $1.2 million in the first
three months of 1996 from $1.1 million in the 1995 period primarily as a  result
of  increased  payroll  costs. As  a  percentage  of net  revenues,  general and
administrative expenses decreased  to 14.6% in  the first three  months of  1996
from  14.8% in the 1995 period as a result of economies of scale associated with
increased revenues.
 
    As a result of the above factors, Operating Cash Flow increased by 18.8%  to
$3.6 million in 1996 from $3.1 million in 1995.
 
    Depreciation  and amortization  expense for the  first three  months of 1996
increased to $2.0 million from  $1.7 million in 1995  due to large increases  in
the fixed assets offset by reduced depreciation of certain older fixed assets.
 
    Total  interest expense in the first three  months of 1996 increased to $3.6
million from $3.1 million  in the 1995  period primarily as  a result of  larger
borrowings  under the Acquisition  Credit Facility following  the acquisition of
Ad-Sign, Inc.
 
    The foregoing factors contributed to the Company's $2.0 million net loss  in
the first three months of 1996 from a $1.8 million net loss in the 1995 period.
 
COMPARISON OF YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND DECEMBER 31, 1994
 
    Net revenues increased 14.7% to $34.1 million during 1995 from $29.8 million
in  1994, reflecting higher advertising  rates and occupancy levels particularly
in the Chicago and Indianapolis markets and inclusion of approximately  $500,000
in revenues attributable to the acquisitions in the Dallas market.
 
    Direct  advertising expenses increased  to $12.9 million  in 1995 from $11.8
million in  1994 as  a result  of  higher sales  during the  1995 period.  As  a
percentage  of net revenues,  however, direct advertising  expenses decreased to
37.7% in  1995 as  a result  of  economies of  scale associated  with  increased
revenues.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
    General  and administrative expenses in 1995  increased to $4.6 million from
$3.9 million  in 1994  due  to the  incremental  payroll costs  associated  with
additional  employees and expenses  related to acquisitions.  As a percentage of
net revenues, general and administrative expenses increased to 13.6% from  13.0%
in  the prior year. This  increase was due primarily  to the incremental payroll
costs associated with additional employees and expenses related to acquisitions.
 
    As a result of the above factors, Operating Cash Flows increased by 18.1% to
$16.6 million in 1995 from $14.1 million in 1994 .
 
    Depreciation and amortization expenses increased slightly to $7.4 million in
1995 from $7.3 million in 1994 due to large increases in the fixed assets offset
by reduced depreciation of the older fixed assets.
 
    Total interest expense increased to $12.9 million in 1995 from $11.8 million
in 1994 due to  interest expense associated with  additional borrowings and  the
accretion of interest due to a larger amount of principal outstanding, partially
offset  by the elimination of the accretion of dividends on redeemable preferred
stock.
 
    The foregoing factors contributed to the Company's $3.7 million net loss  in
1995  compared  to a  net  loss of  $5.2 million  in  1994. Because  the Company
incurred net losses in 1995, 1994 and 1993, it had no provision for income taxes
in those years.
 
COMPARISON OF YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
    Net revenues increased 15.2% to $29.8 million during 1994 from $25.8 million
in 1993, reflecting higher advertising rates and occupancy levels and  increased
sales to local advertisers. Increases in revenue from the advertising structures
acquired  in  certain  acquisitions, offset  by  declines in  revenues  from the
January 1994 sale of  the Company's 97 bulletin  display faces in  Jacksonville,
accounted for approximately $700,000 of the increased revenues in 1994.
 
    Direct  advertising expenses increased  to $11.8 million  in 1994 from $10.9
million in  1993 as  a result  of  higher sales  during the  1994 period.  As  a
percentage  of net revenues,  however, direct advertising  expenses decreased to
39.7% in  1994 as  a result  of  economies of  scale associated  with  increased
revenues.
 
    General  and administrative expenses in 1994  increased to $3.9 million from
$3.4 million  in 1993  due  to the  incremental  payroll costs  associated  with
additional  employees. As  a percentage  of net  revenues, however,  general and
administrative expenses remained flat at 13.0%.
 
    As a result of the above factors, Operating Cash Flow increased by 21.6%  to
$14.1 million in 1994 from $11.6 million in 1993.
 
    Depreciation  and amortization expenses decreased  to $7.3 million (24.6% of
net revenues) in 1994 from $8.0 million (31.0% of the net revenues) in 1993  due
to scheduled depreciation of the fixed assets.
 
    Total  interest expense increased to $11.8 million in 1994 from $9.3 million
in 1993 as a result of the incremental interest associated with the Secured Note
Offering (as defined in  "Liquidity and Capital  Resources") and the  additional
borrowings  in 1994, which were partially  offset by less accretion of dividends
on the redeemable preferred stock because such stock was redeemed in June 1994.
 
    The foregoing factors contributed to the Company's $5.2 million net loss  in
1994  compared to  a net  loss of $9.3  million in  1993 (which  included a $3.3
million extraordinary charge recorded  in the fourth  quarter of 1993).  Because
the Company incurred net losses in 1994 and 1993, it had no provision for income
taxes in those years.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
QUARTERLY COMPARISONS
 
    The  following table sets  forth certain quarterly  financial information of
the Company for each quarter of 1994 and 1995 and for the first quarter of 1996.
The information has been derived from the quarterly financial statements of  the
Company  which are unaudited but which, in  the opinion of management, have been
prepared on  the same  basis as  the financial  statements included  herein  and
include  all adjustments (consisting  only of normal  recurring items) necessary
for a  fair  presentation  of  the  financial  result  for  such  periods.  This
information  should  be  read  in conjunction  with  the  Consolidated Financial
Statements and the Notes thereto  and the other financial information  appearing
elsewhere  in this  Prospectus. The  operating results  for any  quarter are not
necessarily indicative of results for any future period.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   THREE MONTHS ENDED
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          MARCH 31,    JUNE 30,     SEPT. 30,    DEC. 31,     MARCH 31,    JUNE 30,     SEPT. 30,    DEC. 31,
                            1994         1994         1994         1994         1995         1995         1995         1995
                         -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                      <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
Net revenues...........   $   6,102    $   7,803    $   7,973    $   7,888    $   7,236    $   9,175    $   8,940    $   8,797
Operating income.......         924        2,333        2,002        1,518        1,319        3,055        2,458        2,405
Net income (loss)......      (2,053)        (498)      (1,099)      (1,516)      (1,778)        (215)        (811)        (899)
 
PERCENTAGE OF NET
 REVENUES:
Operating income.......        15.1%        29.9%        25.1%        19.2%        18.2%        33.3%        27.5%        27.3%
Net income (loss)......       (33.6)        (6.4)       (13.8)       (19.2)       (24.6)        (2.3)        (9.1)       (10.2)
 
OTHER DATA:
Operating Cash Flow
 (1)...................   $   2,709    $   3,998    $   3,885    $   3,495    $   3,056    $   4,856    $   4,308    $   4,419
Operating Cash Flow
 Margin (2)............        44.4%        51.2 %       48.7 %       44.3 %       42.2 %       52.9 %       48.2 %       50.2%
 
<CAPTION>
 
                          MARCH 31,
                            1996
                         -----------
 
<S>                      <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
Net revenues...........   $   8,427
Operating income.......       1,597
Net income (loss)......      (2,007)
PERCENTAGE OF NET
 REVENUES:
Operating income.......        19.0%
Net income (loss)......       (23.8)
OTHER DATA:
Operating Cash Flow
 (1)...................   $   3,629
Operating Cash Flow
 Margin (2)............        43.1 %
</TABLE>
 
- ----------------------------------
 
(1)  "Operating  Cash  Flow"  is   operating  income  before  depreciation   and
    amortization.  Operating Cash  Flow is  not intended  to represent  net cash
    provided by operating activities as defined by generally accepted accounting
    principles and should  not be  considered as  an alternative  to net  income
    (loss) as an indicator of the Company's operating performance or to net cash
    provided  by operating  activities as  a measure  of liquidity.  The Company
    believes Operating Cash Flow is a measure commonly reported and widely  used
    by  analysts, investors and other interested  parties in the media industry.
    Accordingly, this information  has been  disclosed herein to  permit a  more
    complete   comparative  analysis  of  the  Company's  operating  performance
    relative to other companies in the media industry.
 
(2) "Operating Cash Flow Margin" is  Operating Cash Flow stated as a  percentage
    of net revenues.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    The Company has historically satisfied its working capital requirements with
cash from operations and revolving credit borrowings. Its acquisitions have been
financed  primarily with borrowed funds and,  to a lesser extent, with preferred
stock.
 
    In April 1996, the Company  consummated the Naegele Acquisition (as  defined
hereafter)  pursuant to  which the  Company acquired  approximately 2,550 poster
faces (of  which approximately  1,455 are  located in  the Minneapolis/St.  Paul
market  and  approximately 1,095  are located  in  the Jacksonville  market) and
approximately 840 painted bulletin faces (of which approximately 440 are located
in the Minneapolis/St.  Paul market  and approximately  400 are  located in  the
Jacksonville  market). The purchase price  of the Naegele Acquisition, including
fees and  expenses  associated  with  the  transaction,  was  approximately  $90
million. In connection therewith, UOI, its current lender, LaSalle National Bank
("LaSalle"),  and an  additional bank,  Bankers Trust  Company ("Bankers Trust";
together with LaSalle,  the "Lenders"),  agreed to (i)  refinance the  Company's
existing credit facility with a revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit
Facility")  and (ii) provide  an additional extension of  credit for purposes of
acquisition financing (the "Acquisition Credit Facility") and, specifically, the
financing, in  part,  of  the  Naegele  Acquisition.  The  Lenders  extended  an
acquisition  term loan in the amount of $75 million and an acquisition revolving
credit line in  the amount  of $12.5  million for  a total  commitment of  $87.5
million,  of  which  $84.5 million  was  drawn  at the  closing  of  the Naegele
Acquisition. In  addition,  the Lenders  extended  a working  capital  revolving
credit  line in the amount of $12.5 million,  of which no amount has been drawn.
Each of the Revolving  Credit Facility and the  Acquisition Credit Facility  are
secured  by a  lien on  the assets  of UOI  and, upon  the existence  of certain
conditions, a  pledge  of  the Common  Stock  of  the Company  held  by  certain
management  shareholders, as well as  a pledge of the  stock of any wholly-owned
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
subsidiary of UOI. In addition to the amounts drawn under the Acquisition Credit
Facility, the  Company sold  a minority  portion of  its capital  stock for  $30
million  in cash proceeds which was used  to finance the remaining amount of the
Naegele Acquisition and to refinance existing indebtedness.
 
    The Company expects to use the net proceeds of the Offering of $45.7 million
after deducting  expenses to  repay approximately  $9.6 million  of the  Secured
Notes and to repay approximately $36.1 million outstanding under the Acquisition
Credit  Facility. At April 30, 1996, there were no amounts outstanding under the
Revolving Credit Facility and approximately $84.5 million outstanding under  the
Acquisition  Credit Facility. Upon consummation  of the Offering and application
of the net proceeds therefrom, approximately $12.5 million and $40.0 million are
expected to be available for borrowing  under the Revolving Credit Facility  and
the Acquisition Credit Facility, respectively.
 
    Net  cash provided by operating activities increased to $2.9 million for the
three months ended March  31, 1996 from  $2.0 million for  the 1995 period.  Net
cash  provided by  operating activities increased  to $7.0 million  in 1995 from
$4.9 million in  1994. Net cash  provided by operating  activities reflects  the
Company's net loss adjusted for non-cash items and the use or source of cash for
the net change in working capital.
 
    The Company's net cash used in investing activities of $15.7 million for the
three  months ended March 31, 1996 includes  cash used for acquisitions of $13.6
million  and  other  capital  expenditures   of  $2.0  million,  including   the
expenditure  of $320,000  for the  acquisition of  a building  in Milwaukee. The
Company's net cash  used in investing  activities of $9.1  million for the  year
ended  December 31, 1995 includes cash used for acquisitions of $1.9 million and
other capital expenditures of $5.6 million. Capital expenditures have been  made
primarily  to develop new structures in each of its markets. The Company intends
to continue  to develop  new structures  in its  markets and  to consider  other
potential  acquisitions. Management established  the Acquisition Credit Facility
for the purpose of financing  acquisitions and capital expenditures relating  to
the  development and improvement of advertising structures. The Company believes
that its  cash from  operations, together  with available  borrowings under  the
Revolving   Credit  Facility  and  the  Acquisition  Credit  Facility,  will  be
sufficient to  satisfy  its  cash requirements,  including  anticipated  capital
expenditures,  for  the  foreseeable future.  However,  in the  event  cash from
operations, together with  available funds under  the Revolving Credit  Facility
and  the  Acquisition  Credit  Facility are  insufficient  to  satisfy  its cash
requirements, the  Company  may incur  additional  indebtedness to  finance  its
operations including, without limitation, additional acquisitions.
 
    For  the  three months  ended  March 31,  1996,  $12.8 million  was  used in
financing activities primarily due to  acquisitions. For the three months  ended
March  31, 1995,  net cash  of $0.1  million was  used in  financing activities,
primarily due to expenses  associated with the  establishment of an  acquisition
credit  facility. For the years  ended December 31, 1995  and 1994, $2.1 million
and $3.3 million, respectively, was provided by financing activities,  primarily
as a result of additional borrowings under the prior credit facility.
 
    In  June  1994,  the  Company  completed  an  offering  (the  "Secured  Note
Offering") of  $50  million of  Senior  Secured  Discount Notes  due  2004  (the
"Secured  Notes"),  the proceeds  from  which were  used  to redeem  all  of the
Company's outstanding preferred stock and a portion of the Company's outstanding
common stock and for working capital purposes. The Secured Notes accrue interest
at a rate of 14%  per annum with cash payments  thereon beginning on January  1,
2000.  The Secured Notes are secured by  all of the outstanding capital stock of
UOI. Universal Outdoor is  a holding company with  no business operations  other
than  those of UOI,  and its sole source  of income is its  ability, as the sole
stockholder of UOI,  to cause UOI  to make distributions  on its capital  stock.
However, UOI currently expects that it will retain its cash flows from operating
activities  for use in its  business and the servicing  of its outstanding debt.
Furthermore, the terms of the indenture (the "UOI Indenture") governing the  UOI
Notes  and the  Revolving Credit Facility  effectively preclude  UOI from paying
dividends or making other payments to  the Company (except for limited  payments
for certain expenses of the Company and the purchase of the Secured Notes).
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
    The  Company expects  to fund its  capital expenditures  primarily with cash
from operations  and  expects  its  capital expenditures  to  be  primarily  for
development  of additional structures.  The Company intends  to utilize its cash
from operations to continue to develop new advertising structures in each of its
markets, and, as appropriate opportunities arise, to acquire additional  outdoor
advertising  operations  in its  existing  markets, in  geographically proximate
markets and in contiguous markets. The Company is also exploring the development
of other forms of out-of-home media, such as bus shelter advertising and transit
advertising that  management believes  would complement  the Company's  existing
outdoor  operations. The restrictions imposed  by the Revolving Credit Facility,
the Acquisition Credit Facility, the  UOI Indenture and the indenture  governing
the  Company's Secured Notes may limit the Company's use of cash from operations
for these purposes.
 
IMPACT OF RETIREMENT OF DEBT ON NET INCOME
 
    The Company intends to utilize a  portion of the proceeds from the  Offering
to  redeem  25% of  the aggregate  principal  amount of  the Secured  Notes. The
Secured Notes will be redeemed  at 114% of their accreted  value at the time  of
the  Offering.  The Company  will also  use  the remaining  proceeds to  repay a
portion of  the  Acquisition  Credit  Facility. In  connection  with  the  early
retirement  of  the  Secured  Notes  and a  portion  of  the  Acquisition Credit
Facility, the Company expects to incur an extraordinary loss approximating  $1.2
million  representing  the  difference  between the  redemption  amount  and the
accreted value of the Secured Notes.
 
INFLATION
 
    Inflation has not  had a  significant impact on  the Company  over the  past
three  years. The floating rate on the Revolving Credit Facility and Acquisition
Credit Facility could  increase in an  inflationary environment, but  management
believes  that because a  significant portion of the  Company's costs are fixed,
inflation will not have  a material adverse effect  on its operations.  However,
there  can be no assurance that a high  rate of inflation in the future will not
have an adverse effect on the Company's operations.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued SFAS No. 121, ACCOUNTING
FOR THE IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS TO BE DISPOSED
OF, which  established  a  new  accounting  principle  for  accounting  for  the
impairment  of certain loans, certain investments in debt and equity securities,
long-lived assets  that will  be held  and used  including certain  identifiable
intangibles  and goodwill  related to  those assets,  and long-lived  assets and
certain identifiable intangibles to  be disposed of. While  the Company has  not
completed  its  evaluation of  the impact  that will  result from  adopting this
statement, it  does not  believe that  adoption  of the  statement will  have  a
significant   impact  on  the  Company's   financial  position  and  results  of
operations.
 
    The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 123, ACCOUNTING FOR
STOCK-BASED  COMPENSATION,  which  allows   a  Company  to  record   stock-based
compensation  on the  basis of  fair value. The  Company adopted  the fair value
method for recording stock-based compensation upon issuance of warrants in April
1996. The  Company will  recognize a  one-time non-cash  compensation charge  of
approximately  $9 million in the  quarter to be ended  June 30, 1996 relating to
the issuance of the Warrants under the 1996 Warrant Plan. See "Management -- The
1996 Warrant Plan."
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
    The Company is a leading outdoor advertising company operating approximately
12,700  advertising  display   faces  in  eight   markets,  including   Chicago,
Minneapolis/St.   Paul,  Indianapolis,  Jacksonville,   Milwaukee,  Des  Moines,
Evansville and  Dallas. The  Company  believes that  it  owns and  operates  the
largest   number  of   outdoor  advertising   display  faces   in  the  Chicago,
Minneapolis/St. Paul,  Indianapolis, Jacksonville,  Des Moines,  and  Evansville
markets.  The Company  increased its annual  net revenues from  $18.8 million in
fiscal 1991 to $34.1  million in fiscal  1995, or $62.4 million  on a pro  forma
basis  after giving effect to  acquisitions by the Company  in the first half of
1996. During the same period, the Company increased its Operating Cash Flow from
$7.7 million  to $16.6  million, or  $30.0 million  on a  pro forma  basis.  The
Company  believes that its 1995 Operating Cash Flow Margin of 48.7%, or 48.1% on
a pro forma basis, is among the  highest in the industry. For the first  quarter
ended  March 31,  1996, on a  pro forma basis  the Company had  net revenues and
Operating Cash  Flow of  $15.1  million and  $6.5 million,  respectively,  which
compare  favorably to the pro forma results for the same period in 1995 of $13.6
million and $5.7 million, respectively.
 
    Since beginning operations  with a single  outdoor advertising structure  in
Chicago  in 1973, the Company  has achieved its leading  position in the outdoor
advertising industry through its aggressive acquisition and development efforts.
Since 1989, the Company has acquired approximately 12,000 display faces in eight
markets including more than  4,000 additional display  faces in Chicago.  During
the  same time period, the Company has built  in excess of 315 new display faces
in its markets, a number which the  Company believes is among the largest  built
by any outdoor advertising company during such period.
 
    The Company's strategy is to improve upon its position as, or to become, the
leading  provider of outdoor advertising services in each of its markets by: (i)
developing programs  to  maximize  advertising rates  and  occupancy  levels  in
existing  markets; (ii)  continuing to build  new display faces  in its existing
markets;  (iii)   aggressively  seeking   acquisitions  in   existing  and   new
strategically  attractive markets; (iv) implementing technological advances that
enhance the Company's  operating efficiency  and the  attractiveness of  outdoor
advertising  to advertisers; (v)  improving Operating Cash  Flow Margins through
continued adherence to strict cost controls and centralization of administrative
functions; and (vi)  developing other forms  of out-of-home media,  such as  bus
shelter  or transit advertising in order to enhance revenues in existing markets
or provide access to new markets.
 
    The Company focuses its  marketing efforts on  developing and maintaining  a
diverse  base of local advertisers which  accounted for approximately 77% of the
Company's net revenues in 1995. This local market focus has been critical to the
Company's ability to consistently increase  its net revenues while  diversifying
the account base, promoting rate integrity and adding stability to revenues.
 
    The  Company  believes that  its senior  management team  is among  the most
experienced in  the industry.  Daniel L.  Simon, President  and Chief  Executive
Officer and the founder of the Company, has spent his entire professional career
of  23  years  in  the  outdoor advertising  business.  Brian  T.  Clingen, Vice
President and Chief  Financial Officer, and  Paul G. Simon,  Vice President  and
General  Counsel, together possess over 24  years of experience in the industry.
This management team has successfully  completed and integrated 16  acquisitions
since 1989.
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
    Advertisers  purchase outdoor advertising  for a number  of reasons. Outdoor
advertising   offers   repetitive   impact    and   a   relatively   low    cost
per-thousand-impressions,  a  commonly used  media  measurement, as  compared to
television, radio, newspapers, magazines and direct mail marketing. Accordingly,
because of its cost-effective nature, outdoor  advertising is a good vehicle  to
build  mass  market support.  In addition,  outdoor advertising  can be  used to
target a defined audience in a  specific location and, therefore, can be  relied
upon  by local  businesses concentrating on  a particular  geographic area where
customers have specific demographic characteristics. For instance,  restaurants,
motels, service stations
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
and  similar roadside businesses may use  outdoor advertising to reach potential
customers close to the point of sale and provide directional information.  Other
local  businesses such  as television and  radio stations  and consumer products
companies may wish  to appeal  more broadly to  customers and  consumers in  the
local  market. National  brand name  advertisers may  use the  medium to attract
customers generally and build brand awareness. In all cases, outdoor advertising
can be  combined with  other media  such as  radio and  television to  reinforce
messages being provided to consumers.
 
    Outdoor advertising dates back to the late 19th century when companies began
renting space on fences for advertising placards or "bills" which were pasted or
"posted," accounting for the current "billboards" and "posters" terminology. The
outdoor advertising industry grew dramatically from the 1920s to the 1960s, with
the   significant  increase  in  automobile   travel  and  highway  and  freeway
construction and improvement. As roadside  advertising became more popular  with
advertisers,  the displays  used by  the industry  evolved from  posters to more
permanent billboards in standard sizes  located in highly visible,  high-traffic
locations.
 
    The  outdoor advertising  industry's operating environment  changed with the
passage of the  Highway Beautification Act  of 1965 which  encouraged states  to
implement  legislation  to  control  billboards  located  in  non-commercial and
non-industrial areas within  a certain  distance of  federally funded  highways.
Since  that time,  various types of  state and municipal  laws governing outdoor
advertising  have  been   adopted.  While  these   regulations  have,  in   some
jurisdictions,   restricted  the  construction  of  new  billboards  and  placed
limitations  on  the  expansion  and  improvement  of  existing  displays,  they
typically  have  not  significantly  hindered  the  continued  use  of  existing
structures. In the Company's newly  acquired Jacksonville market, however, as  a
result  of a  settlement of  litigation by Naegele,  the Company  is required to
remove  a  significant  number  of  outdoor  advertising  structures.  See   "--
Government Regulation."
 
    The  outdoor  advertising  industry has  experienced  significant  change in
recent periods  due to  a number  of factors.  First, the  entire  "out-of-home"
advertising  category  has  expanded  to  include,  in  addition  to traditional
billboards and  roadside  displays,  displays in  shopping  centers  and  malls,
airports,  stadiums,  movie  theaters and  supermarkets,  as well  as  on taxis,
trains, buses,  blimps  and  subways.  Second,  while  the  outdoor  advertising
industry  has experienced a decline in the use of outdoor advertising by tobacco
companies, it  has increased  its visibility  with and  attractiveness to  local
advertisers  as well as national retail and consumer product-oriented companies.
Third, the industry has benefitted significantly from improvements in production
technology, including the use of  computer printing, vinyl advertising copy  and
improved  lighting techniques, which  have facilitated a  more dynamic, colorful
and creative use  of the medium.  This technological advance  has permitted  the
outdoor  advertising industry to  respond more promptly  and cost effectively to
the changing  needs  of  its  advertising customers  and  make  greater  use  of
advertising  copy used in other media.  Lastly, the outdoor advertising industry
has benefitted  from the  growth  in automobile  travel  time for  business  and
leisure  due to increased highway congestion and continued demographic shifts of
residences and businesses from the cities to outlying suburbs.
 
    As a result  of these  factors, the  outdoor advertising  industry has  been
experiencing increased advertiser interest and revenue growth in recent years, a
trend   which  the  Company  believes  will  continue  in  the  future.  Outdoor
advertising generated total revenues of  approximately $1.8 billion in 1995,  or
approximately  1.1% of the total advertising  expenditures in the United States,
according  to  recent  estimates  by   the  OAAA.  This  represents  growth   of
approximately  8.2%  over  estimated  total  revenues  for  1994,  and  compares
favorably to the growth of total U.S. advertising expenditures of  approximately
7.7%  during  the  same period.  According  to OAAA  estimates,  the out-of-home
advertising market also grew by approximately 10.0% in 1995 from the prior  year
to approximately $3.5 billion in revenues.
 
    The  outdoor  advertising industry  is  comprised of  several  large outdoor
advertising and media companies with operations in multiple markets, as well  as
many  smaller and local companies operating a  limited number of structures in a
single  or  few  local  markets.   While  the  industry  has  experienced   some
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
consolidation within the past few years, the OAAA estimates that there are still
approximately  1,000  companies in  the  outdoor advertising  industry operating
approximately 396,000  billboard  displays. The  Company  expects the  trend  of
consolidation in the outdoor advertising industry to continue.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
    The Company's strategy is to improve upon its position as, or to become, the
leading  provider of outdoor advertising services in  each of its markets and to
expand its presence in attractive new markets.
 
    The following are the primary components of the Company's strategy:
 
    -MAXIMIZE RATES AND OCCUPANCY.  Through continued emphasis on customer sales
     and service, quality displays and  inventory management, the Company  seeks
     to  maximize advertising rates and occupancy levels in each of its markets.
     The Company has recruited and trained a strong local sales staff  supported
     by  local  managers  operating  under  specific,  sales-based  compensation
     targets  designed  to  obtain  the  maximum  potential  from  its   display
     inventory.
 
    -INCREASE MARKET PENETRATION.  The Company seeks to expand operations within
     its  existing markets through new construction, with an emphasis on painted
     bulletins, which generally command higher  rates and longer term  contracts
     from  advertisers. In addition, the  Company historically has acquired, and
     intends to continue to acquire, additional advertising display faces in its
     existing markets as opportunities become available.
 
    -PURSUE STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS.  In addition to improved penetration of  its
     existing  markets, the Company  also seeks to  grow by acquiring additional
     display faces  in  new markets.  Such  new  markets allow  the  Company  to
     capitalize   on  the  efficiencies  and  cross-market  sales  opportunities
     associated with operating  in multiple  markets. In  addition, new  markets
     provide the added benefit of diversification.
 
    -CAPITALIZE  ON TECHNOLOGICAL ADVANCES.  The  Company seeks to capitalize on
     technological advances  that  enhance  its productivity  and  increase  its
     ability  to  effectively respond  to  its customer's  needs.  The Company's
     continued investment  in  equipment  and  technology  provide  for  greater
     ongoing benefits in the areas of sales, production and operation.
 
    -MAINTAIN  LOW COST STRUCTURE.   Through continued  adherence to strict cost
     controls, centralization of administrative functions and maintenance of low
     corporate overhead, the Company seeks  to maximize its Operating Cash  Flow
     Margin,  which it  believes to  be among the  highest in  the industry. The
     Company believes its centralized administration provides opportunities  for
     significant  operating leverage from further  expansion in existing markets
     and from future acquisitions.
 
    -DEVELOP OTHER OUT-OF-HOME MEDIA.  The Company seeks to develop other  forms
     of out-of-home media such as bus shelter or transit advertising in order to
     enhance revenues in existing markets or provide access to new markets.
 
    Through  implementation of this business strategy, the Company has increased
its outdoor advertising presence  from 500 display faces  in a single market  in
1988 to approximately 12,700 in its eight markets at April 30, 1996.
 
ACQUISITIONS
 
    THE  NAEGELE ACQUISITION.  In April 1996, the Company acquired operations in
the  Minneapolis/St.  Paul  and  Jacksonville  markets.  In  a  stock   purchase
transaction  with NOA Holding  Company (the "Naegele  Acquisition"), the Company
acquired approximately  2,550 poster  faces (of  which approximately  1,455  are
located  in the Minneapolis/St. Paul market  and approximately 1,095 are located
in the Jacksonville  market) and  approximately 840 painted  bulletin faces  (of
which  approximately  440 are  located in  the  Minneapolis/St. Paul  market and
approximately 400 are located in the Jacksonville market).
 
    The Company believes that the Naegele Acquisition will enhance its  existing
operations  in its primary markets and  will provide opportunities for increased
revenues and operating cash flow. The
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
Company also believes that its presence in the Jacksonville market will  provide
cross-selling  opportunities for regional and national advertisers. In addition,
the Company believes that these acquisitions will result in greater efficiencies
and economies  of  scale in  its  existing operations  while  strengthening  its
competitive position in its primary markets.
 
    OTHER  ACQUISITIONS.  In April 1996, the Company acquired 4 painted bulletin
faces in the Chicago  market from Paramount Outdoor,  Inc. in an asset  purchase
transaction.  In March  1996, through an  asset purchase  transaction with Image
Media, Inc., the Company acquired 18 painted bulletin and painted wall faces  in
the  Chicago market. In  a transaction with  Ad-Sign, Inc. in  January 1996, the
Company acquired approximately 160 painted bulletin faces in the Chicago market.
In April 1995, the  Company acquired approximately 6  painted bulletin faces  in
the  Chicago market pursuant  to a stock purchase  transaction with O&B Outdoor,
Inc. The Company has integrated the newly acquired faces from these acquisitions
into its existing Chicago operations.
 
    The Company believes that the newly acquired advertising faces have enhanced
its existing operations in  the Chicago market  and have provided  opportunities
for  increased revenues and operating income. The Company also believes that its
increased presence  in the  Chicago area  has enhanced  cross-selling and  other
marketing   opportunities  associated  with  its  closely  proximate  geographic
markets. In addition, the Company believes that these acquisitions have resulted
in greater efficiencies and economies of scale in its existing operations  while
strengthening its competitive position in the Chicago market.
 
    In  March 1995, the Company completed two acquisitions in the Dallas market.
In a stock purchase  transaction with Harrington  Associates, Inc., the  Company
acquired  approximately 740 junior (8-sheet) poster  faces located in the Dallas
market. In a stock purchase transaction with Best Outdoor, the Company  acquired
approximately 387 junior (8-sheet) poster faces in the Dallas market.
 
MARKETS
 
    Each of the Company's eight markets has demographic characteristics that are
attractive to national advertisers, allowing the Company to package its displays
in  several of its markets in a  single contract for advertisers in national and
regional campaigns. Each  market also has  unique local industries,  businesses,
sports  franchises  and  special  events  that  are  frequent  users  of outdoor
advertising. The  following  is a  review  of  each of  the  Company's  markets.
Information  provided below with respect  to Operating Cash Flow  in each of the
Company's markets excludes $1.4 million of total corporate expenses.
 
    -CHICAGO is  the country's  3rd  largest market  with  a population  of  7.7
     million residents that is projected to grow 5% by the year 2000. Chicago is
     home  to 32  Fortune 500 companies  and has  one of the  most extensive and
     heavily traveled  freeway systems  in the  nation. The  Company's  business
     started  with the  building of  a single  outdoor advertising  structure in
     suburban Chicago in 1973 and  has grown to approximately 4,260  advertising
     display  faces. For the  twelve months ended March  31, 1996, the Company's
     Chicago operations had  net revenues  of $13.8 million  and Operating  Cash
     Flow of $8.1 million.
 
    -MINNEAPOLIS/ST. PAUL is the country's 12th largest market with a population
     of  2.6 million residents that  is projected to grow  10% by the year 2000.
     Naegele acquired  this  market  in  1991 and  the  Company  currently  owns
     approximately  1,897 advertising display faces. The  Twin Cities is home to
     31 Fortune 500 and Fortune  Services 500 companies. The various  industries
     represented  in the area include medical research and development, computer
     technology,  manufacturing  and  retail.  The  Twin  Cities  area  contains
     one-half of Minnesota's population and three of the state's largest cities:
     Minneapolis,  St. Paul and Bloomington. The Twin Cities is also home to the
     largest shopping mall  in the  country, the  Mall of  America, which  draws
     traffic  from neighboring  markets. For the  twelve months  ended March 31,
     1996, the Company's  Minneapolis/St. Paul  operations had  net revenues  of
     $16.7 million and Operating Cash Flow of $6.4 million.
 
    -INDIANAPOLIS  is the country's 35th largest market with a population of 1.5
     million  residents  that  is  projected  to  grow  6%  by  the  year  2000.
     Indianapolis    is   the    state   capital    of   Indiana,    a   leading
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
     finance and service center, a major regional trade and distribution center,
     and has developed a niche  in the sports market. It  is also the home of  3
     Fortune  500  companies.  The  Company expanded  inventory  in  this market
     through construction of 22 new bulletin  faces and 6 new poster faces  over
     the  last  3  years,  and currently  owns  approximately  1,926 advertising
     display faces. For the  twelve months ended March  31, 1996, the  Company's
     Indianapolis  operations had  net revenues  of $10.1  million and Operating
     Cash Flow of $5.8 million.
 
    -JACKSONVILLE is the country's 46th largest market with a population of  1.0
     million  residents  that  is  projected  to grow  2.6%  by  the  year 2000.
     Jacksonville is considered the gateway to  the state of Florida, as  nearly
     50%  of  all  traffic  entering  Florida  enters  through  Jacksonville  on
     Interstate 95.  Jacksonville  is  also gaining  recognition  as  a  popular
     tourist   destination.  The  Company   currently  owns  appoximately  1,493
     advertising display faces. For the twelve months ended March 31, 1996,  the
     Company's  Jacksonville  operations had  net revenues  of $8.5  million and
     Operating Cash Flow of $4.2 million.
 
    -MILWAUKEE is the  country's 34th largest  market with a  population of  1.7
     million  residents. The  Company entered  the Milwaukee  market in  1989 by
     acquiring  266  display   faces  and  currently   owns  approximately   580
     advertising  display faces. Milwaukee  is home to  9 Fortune 500 companies.
     For the  twelve  months  ended  March 31,  1996,  the  Company's  Milwaukee
     operations had net revenues of $4.7 million and Operating Cash Flow of $2.2
     million.
 
    -DES  MOINES is the country's 114th largest  market with a population of 0.5
     million residents that is projected to grow 5% by the year 2000. Des Moines
     is home to  3 Fortune  500 companies,  and is at  the center  of the  Great
     Plains   farm  economy.  The  Company   currently  owns  approximately  506
     advertising display faces. For the twelve months ended March 31, 1996,  the
     Company's  Des  Moines  operations had  net  revenues of  $2.9  million and
     Operating Cash Flow of $1.4 million.
 
    -EVANSVILLE is the country's 152nd largest  market with a population of  0.3
     million  residents. Evansville's economy is dominated by manufacturing with
     two new plants expected to open in the near future. Additionally, the  city
     expects  to benefit from the recent  addition of riverboat casino gambling.
     The Company entered the  Evansville market in  1991 through an  acquisition
     and  currently owns  approximately 845  advertising display  faces. For the
     twelve months ended March 31, 1996, the Company's Evansville operations had
     net revenues of $3.1 million and Operating Cash Flow of $1.4 million.
 
    -DALLAS is  the country's  11th  largest market  with  a population  of  2.9
     million residents that is projected to grow 10% by the year 2000. Dallas is
     home  to 18 Fortune 500 companies. The Company currently owns approximately
     1,171 advertising  display faces.  For the  twelve months  ended March  31,
     1996,  the Company's Dallas operations had net revenues of $0.6 million and
     Operating Cash Flow of $0.1 million.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
    The following tables include data relating to structures that were  acquired
or developed during certain years and were not owned during all of the years for
which  data has been presented. The following  tables set forth the net revenues
and Operating Cash Flow Margins for each of the Company's markets:
 
                                NET REVENUES (1)
                             (dollars in thousands)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,              TWELVE MONTHS
                                       -----------------------------------------------------  ENDED MARCH 31,
                                         1991       1992       1993       1994       1995          1996
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
<S>                                    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Chicago..............................  $   8,056  $   8,114  $   8,402  $  11,235  $  13,211     $  13,814
Minneapolis/St. Paul.................     14,707     14,967     15,069     14,999     16,320        16,677
Indianapolis.........................      2,919      6,322      6,793      8,513      9,897        10,149
Jacksonville.........................      5,784      5,103      5,640      7,349      8,525         8,510
Milwaukee............................      4,338      4,205      4,394      4,353      4,686         4,706
Des Moines...........................      1,229      2,629      2,553      2,792      2,747         2,883
Evansville...........................      1,134      2,369      2,354      2,873      3,028         3,147
Dallas...............................         --         --         --         --        579           640
Other................................      1,159      1,042      1,351         --         --            --
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
  Total..............................  $  39,326  $  44,751  $  46,556  $  52,114  $  58,993     $  60,526
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
                       OPERATING CASH FLOW MARGIN (1)(2)
      (before allocation of corporate general and administrative expenses)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,              TWELVE MONTHS
                                       -----------------------------------------------------  ENDED MARCH 31,
                                         1991       1992       1993       1994       1995          1996
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
<S>                                    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Chicago..............................    52.7%      51.8%      53.9%      58.2%      59.3%         58.5%
Minneapolis/St. Paul.................    32.7       35.6       33.2       34.8       37.8          38.6
Indianapolis.........................    49.5       50.0       48.7       53.9       56.7          57.2
Jacksonville.........................    24.3       21.8       24.9       42.0       48.4          49.8
Milwaukee............................    46.3       44.1       47.3       46.7       46.3          46.9
Des Moines...........................    53.5       49.7       46.7       41.3       47.3          48.3
Evansville...........................    46.1       42.2       33.8       40.8       42.9          44.0
Dallas...............................     --         --         --         --        34.4          18.3
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) The Company  completed acquisitions  in several  of its  markets during  the
    periods  referenced above, which  affects the comparability  of results from
    year to year to those markets.
 
(2) Operating Cash Flow Margin is Operating Cash Flow stated as a percentage  of
    net revenues.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
INVENTORY
 
    The  Company operates  three standard  types of  outdoor advertising display
faces and also has transit advertising as follows:
 
    -BULLETINS generally are 14 feet high and 48 feet wide (672 square feet) and
     consist of panels on which  advertising copy is displayed. The  advertising
     copy  is  either hand  painted onto  the  panels at  the facilities  of the
     outdoor  advertising  company  in  accordance  with  design  specifications
     supplied  by  the  advertiser  and  attached  to  the  outdoor  advertising
     structure, or is printed with  the computer-generated graphics on a  single
     sheet  of  vinyl that  is  wrapped around  the  structure. On  occasion, to
     attract more attention,  some of the  panels may extend  beyond the  linear
     edges of the display face and may include three-dimensional embellishments.
     Because  of their  greater impact  and higher  cost, bulletins  are usually
     located on major highways.
 
    -30-SHEET POSTERS generally  are 12 feet  high by 25  feet wide (300  square
     feet)  and  are the  most common  type of  billboard. Advertising  copy for
     30-sheet posters  consists of  lithographed or  silk-screened paper  sheets
     supplied  by the advertiser  that are pasted and  applied like wallpaper to
     the face of the display, or single sheets of vinyl with  computer-generated
     advertising  copy  that  are  wrapped  around  the  structure. Thirty-sheet
     posters are concentrated on major traffic arteries.
 
    -JUNIOR (8-SHEET) POSTERS usually are 6 feet high by 12 feet wide (72 square
     feet). Displays are  prepared and mounted  in the same  manner as  30-sheet
     posters, except that vinyl sheets are not typically used on junior posters.
     Most  junior posters,  because of their  smaller size,  are concentrated on
     city streets and target pedestrian traffic.
 
    -TRANSIT ADVERTISING consists generally of  posters and frames displayed  on
     the sides of public buses operating on city streets.
 
    Billboards  generally  are  mounted  on  structures  owned  by  the  outdoor
advertising company and located on sites that  are either owned or leased by  it
or  on  which it  has acquired  a permanent  easement. Billboard  structures are
durable, have long useful lives and do not require substantial maintenance. When
disassembled, they  typically can  be  moved and  relocated  at new  sites.  The
Company's  outdoor advertising  structures are made  of steel  and other durable
materials built  to withstand  variable climates,  including the  rigors of  the
midwestern  climate. The Company expects its structures to last 15 years or more
without significant refurbishment.
 
    The following summarizes the Company's  approximate display inventory as  of
April 30, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         30-SHEET      8-SHEET        TRANSIT
                                                            BULLETINS     POSTERS      POSTERS      ADVERTISING      TOTAL
                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------------  ---------
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>              <C>
Chicago..................................................         651       --            3,609         --             4,260
Minneapolis/St. Paul.....................................         440        1,457       --             --             1,897
Indianapolis.............................................         256        1,385          142            143         1,926
Jacksonville.............................................         399        1,094       --             --             1,493
Milwaukee................................................         259       --              321         --               580
Des Moines...............................................          78          418           10         --               506
Evansville...............................................         167          678       --             --               845
Dallas...................................................      --           --            1,171         --             1,171
                                                                -----        -----        -----            ---     ---------
  Total..................................................       2,250        5,032        5,253            143        12,678
                                                                -----        -----        -----            ---     ---------
                                                                -----        -----        -----            ---     ---------
</TABLE>
 
LOCAL MARKET OPERATIONS
 
    In  each of  its principal  markets except  Dallas, the  Company maintains a
complete outdoor advertising operation including  a sales office, a  production,
construction  and  maintenance  facility, a  creative  department  equipped with
advanced  technology,  a  real  estate  unit  and  support  staff.  The  Company
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
conducts  its  outdoor  advertising  operations  through  these  local  offices,
consistent  with   senior  management's   belief  that   an  organization   with
decentralized sales and operations is more responsive to local market demand and
provides  greater  incentives  to  employees.  At  the  same  time,  the Company
maintains centralized accounting and financial  controls to allow it to  closely
monitor  the operating and  financial performance of  each market. Local general
managers, who report directly to the Company's President or a regional  manager,
are  responsible for the  day-to-day operations of  their respective markets and
are compensated  according to  the  financial performance  of such  markets.  In
general,  these local managers oversee  market development, production and local
sales. The  Company  is currently  incorporating  the Minneapolis/St.  Paul  and
Jacksonville  operations  into  this operational  structure  with  local offices
handling the  day-to-day operations  and  centralized accounting  and  financial
controls.
 
    Although  site  leases (for  land underlying  an advertising  structure) are
administered from the Company's  headquarters in Chicago,  each local office  is
responsible  for locating and ultimately  procuring leases for appropriate sites
in its market. Site lease contracts vary in term but typically run from 10 to 20
years with various termination and  renewal provisions. Each office maintains  a
leasing  department, with an extensive  database containing information on local
property  ownership,  lease  contract   terms,  zoning  ordinances  and   permit
requirements. The Company has been very successful in developing new advertising
display face inventory in each of its markets based on utilizing these databases
and  developing  an experienced  staff  of lease  teams.  Each such  team's sole
responsibility is the  procurement of  sites for new  locations in  each of  the
Company's markets.
 
SALES AND SERVICE
 
    The Company's sales strategy is to maximize revenues from local advertisers.
Accordingly,  it maintains  a team  of sales  representatives headed  by a sales
manager in  each of  its  markets. The  Company  devotes considerable  time  and
resources  to recruiting, training and coordinating  the activities of its sales
force. A sales representative's compensation  is heavily weighted to  individual
performance,  and  the  local  sales  manager's  compensation  is  tied  to  the
performance of  his  or her  sales  team.  One sales  representative,  based  in
Chicago,  manages sales to  national advertisers. In total,  61 of the Company's
employees are significantly involved in sales and marketing activities.
 
    In addition to the  sales staff, the Company  has established fully  staffed
and  equipped  creative  departments  in  each  of  its  markets  except Dallas.
Utilizing technologically advanced computer hardware and software, the staff  is
able  to create original design copy for  both local and national accounts which
has allowed the various creative departments to exchange work via modem or  over
the  Internet with each other  or directly with clients  or their agencies. This
ability has resulted in many fully  staffed advertising agencies turning to  the
Company  for the creation of their  outdoor campaigns. The Company believes that
its creative department's  implementation of  continuing technological  advances
provides a significant competitive advantage in its sales and service area.
 
CUSTOMERS
 
    Advertisers  usually  contract  for  outdoor  displays  through  advertising
agencies, which are responsible for the  artistic design and written content  of
the   advertising  as  well  as  the  choice  of  media  and  the  planning  and
implementation of  the overall  campaign. The  Company pays  commissions to  the
agencies  for  advertising  contracts  that are  procured  by  or  through those
agencies. Advertising rates  are based  on a particular  display's exposure  (or
number  of  "impressions"  delivered) in  relation  to the  demographics  of the
particular  market  and  its  location   within  that  market.  The  number   of
"impressions"  delivered  by a  display is  measured by  the number  of vehicles
passing the site during a defined period and is weighted to give effect to  such
factors  as its  proximity to  other displays,  the speed  and viewing  angle of
approaching traffic,  the national  average  of adults  riding in  vehicles  and
whether  the display  is illuminated. The  number of impressions  delivered by a
display is verified by independent auditing companies.
 
    The size  and geographic  diversity of  the Company's  markets allow  it  to
attract  national advertisers,  often by  packaging displays  in several  of its
markets in a  single contract  to allow a  national advertiser  to simplify  its
purchasing  process  and  present  its  message  in  several  markets.  National
advertisers generally
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
seek wide exposure in major markets and therefore tend to make larger purchases.
The  Company competes for national advertisers  primarily on the basis of price,
location of displays, availability and service.
 
    The Company also focuses  efforts on local sales,  and approximately 77%  of
the  Company's net revenues in 1995 were generated from local advertisers. Local
advertisers tend  to  have  smaller  advertising  budgets  and  require  greater
assistance  from the Company's  production and creative  personnel to design and
produce advertising copy. In local sales,  the Company often expends more  sales
efforts  on  educating customers  regarding the  benefits  of outdoor  media and
helping potential  customers  develop  an  advertising  strategy  using  outdoor
advertising.  While price  and availability  are important  competitive factors,
service and customer relationships are also critical components of local sales.
 
    Tobacco revenues have  historically accounted for  a significant portion  of
outdoor  advertising revenues. Beginning in  1993, the leading tobacco companies
substantially reduced  their  expenditures  for outdoor  advertising  due  to  a
declining  population  of  smokers,  societal  pressures,  consolidation  in the
tobacco industry  and  price  competition from  generic  brands.  Since  tobacco
advertisers  often utilized some of the  industry's prime inventory, the decline
in tobacco-related advertising expenditures made this space available for  other
advertisers,  including  those  that  had  not  traditionally  utilized  outdoor
advertising. As a result of this decline in tobacco-related advertising revenues
and the increased use of outdoor advertising by other advertisers, the range  of
the  Company's  advertisers  has  become  quite  diverse.  The  following  table
illustrates the diversity of the Company's advertising base:
 
                         1995 NET REVENUES BY CATEGORY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                                     NET REVENUES
                                                                                                    ---------------
<S>                                                                                                 <C>
Retail/Consumer Products..........................................................................         14.4%
Tobacco...........................................................................................         13.3
Automotive & Related..............................................................................          9.5
Travel/Entertainment..............................................................................          9.5
Restaurant........................................................................................          7.4
Alcohol...........................................................................................          6.4
Advertising/Media.................................................................................          5.3
Food..............................................................................................          4.3
Home Developer/Real Estate........................................................................          4.3
Other.............................................................................................         25.6
                                                                                                          -----
    Total.........................................................................................        100.0%
                                                                                                          -----
                                                                                                          -----
</TABLE>
 
PRODUCTION
 
    The Company has internal production facilities and staff to perform the full
range of activities required to develop, create and install outdoor  advertising
in  all of its  markets. Production work includes  creating the advertising copy
design and  layout,  painting  the  design  or  coordinating  its  printing  and
installing  the designs on its displays.  In addition, the Company's substantial
new development activity  has allowed it  to vertically integrate  its own  sign
fabrication  ability so that new signs  are fabricated and erected in-house. The
Company usually  provides  its  full  range  of  production  services  to  local
advertisers and to advertisers that are not represented by advertising agencies,
since  national advertisers and advertisers  represented by advertising agencies
often use  preprinted  designs  that require  only  installation.  However,  the
Company's   creative  and  production  personnel   frequently  are  involved  in
production activities even when advertisers  are represented by agencies due  to
the development of new designs or adaptation of copy from other media for use on
billboards.  The Company's artists  also assist in  the development of marketing
presentations, demonstrations and strategies to attract new advertisers.
 
    With the increased use of  vinyl and pre-printed advertising copy  furnished
to  the outdoor  advertising company  by the  advertiser or  its agency, outdoor
advertising companies are becoming less responsible
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
for labor-intensive  production work  since vinyl  and pre-printed  copy can  be
installed quickly. The vinyl sheets are reusable, thereby reducing the Company's
production  costs, and are easily transportable. Due to the geographic proximity
of the Company's principal markets and the transportability of vinyl sheets, the
Company can shift  materials among  markets to promote  efficiency. The  Company
believes  that this  trend over time  will reduce  operating expenses associated
with production activities.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The Company competes in each of  its markets with other outdoor  advertisers
as  well as other media, including  broadcast and cable television, radio, print
media and direct mail marketers. In  addition, the Company also competes with  a
wide  variety of "out-of-home" media,  including advertising in shopping centers
and malls, airports, stadiums,  movie theaters and supermarkets,  as well as  on
taxis,  trains,  buses  and  subways.  Advertisers  compare  relative  costs  of
available media and cost-per-thousand impressions, particularly when  delivering
a  message to customers with  distinct demographic characteristics. In competing
with other media, outdoor advertising relies on its low
cost-per-thousand-impressions and  its ability  to  repetitively reach  a  broad
segment  of  the population  in  a specific  market  or to  target  a particular
geographic  area   or  population   with  a   particular  set   of   demographic
characteristics within that market.
 
    The outdoor advertising industry is highly fragmented, consisting of several
large  outdoor  advertising  and  media companies  with  operations  in multiple
markets as well  as smaller and  local companies operating  a limited number  of
structures  in single  or a few  local markets. Although  some consolidation has
occurred over the past few years, according to the OAAA there are  approximately
1,000  companies  in the  outdoor  advertising industry  operating approximately
396,000 billboard displays. In  several of its  markets, the Company  encounters
direct  competition from other major  outdoor media companies, including Gannett
Outdoor (a division of  Gannett Co. Inc.), Eller  Media, Inc. (formerly  Patrick
Media Group) and 3M National Advertising Co. (a division of Minnesota Mining and
Manufacturing  Company), each of which has a larger national network and greater
total resources than  the Company.  The Company  believes that  its emphasis  on
local  advertisers and its position as  a major provider of advertising services
in each of its markets and in the midwest enable it to compete effectively  with
the  other outdoor media  operators, as well  as other media,  both within those
markets and in the midwest region. The Company also competes with other  outdoor
advertising  companies for  sites on  which to  build new  structures. See "Risk
Factors -- Competition."
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
    The outdoor advertising  industry is subject  to governmental regulation  at
the  federal,  state  and  local level.  Federal  law,  principally  the Highway
Beautification Act  of 1965,  encourages states,  by the  threat of  withholding
federal  appropriations for the construction  and improvement of highways within
such states, to implement legislation to restrict billboards located within  660
feet  of, or visible from, interstate  and primary highways except in commercial
or industrial areas. All of the states have implemented regulations at least  as
restrictive  as the Highway Beautification Act, including the prohibition on the
construction of  new billboards  adjacent to  federally-aided highways  and  the
removal at the owner's expense and without any compensation of any illegal signs
on such highways. The Highway Beautification Act, and the various state statutes
implementing  it, require the payment of just compensation whenever governmental
authorities require legally erected and maintained billboards to be removed from
federally-aided highways.
 
    The states and local  jurisdictions have, in  some cases, passed  additional
and more restrictive regulations on the construction, repair, upgrading, height,
size  and location of, and, in some instances, content of advertising copy being
displayed on outdoor advertising structures adjacent to federally-aided highways
and other  thoroughfares.  Such regulations,  often  in the  form  of  municipal
building,  sign or zoning ordinances, specify  minimum standards for the height,
size and  location  of  billboards.  In some  cases,  the  construction  of  new
billboards   or   relocation  of   existing   billboards  is   prohibited.  Some
jurisdictions also have restricted  the ability to  enlarge or upgrade  existing
billboards,  such as  converting from wood  to steel or  from non-illuminated to
illuminated structures. From  time to  time governmental  authorities order  the
removal  of billboards by the exercise of  eminent domain. Thus far, the Company
has
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
been able to obtain satisfactory compensation for any of its structures  removed
at  the direction  of governmental authorities,  although there  is no assurance
that it will be able to continue to do so in the future.
 
    In recent years, there have been movements to restrict billboard advertising
of certain products, including tobacco and alcohol. No bills have become law  at
the federal level except those requiring health hazard warnings similar to those
on  cigarette  packages  and  print  advertisements.  Its  is  uncertain whether
additional legislation of this type will be enacted on the national level or  in
any of the Company's markets.
 
    Recently,  the Food and  Drug Administration has  proposed legislation which
would prohibit the use of pictures and color in tobacco advertising and has also
proposed the elimination of all tobacco advertising on outdoor displays  located
within  1,000 feet of  any school. Additionally,  one major tobacco manufacturer
has recently proposed federal legislation  be enacted banning 8-sheet  billboard
advertising and transit advertising of tobacco products. In addition to a ban on
tobacco  advertising near schools and  playgrounds, the tobacco manufacturer has
proposed a  ban on  tobacco advertising  on all  8-sheet posters  and in  or  on
trains,  buses, subways, taxis and  bus shelters. Tobacco advertising represents
13.3% of  the  Company's  net  revenues  and  1.8%  of  the  Company's  revenues
attributed  to tobacco advertising  is derived from  8-sheet posters. While such
legislation has  not  been  enacted  by  Congress,  the  restrictions  currently
proposed,  if  enacted, may  have  a material  adverse  effect on  the Company's
results of operations.
 
    Amortization of billboards has also been adopted in varying forms in certain
jurisdictions. Amortization permits the billboard owner to operate its billboard
as a non-conforming use for a specified period of time until it has recouped its
investment, after which it must remove or otherwise conform its billboard to the
applicable regulations at  its own cost  without any compensation.  Amortization
and  other regulations requiring the  removal of billboards without compensation
have been subject to vigorous litigation  in state and federal courts and  cases
have  reached  differing  conclusions  as  to  the  constitutionality  of  these
regulations. To date, regulations in  the Company's markets have not  materially
adversely  affected its operations, except in the Jacksonville market, where the
Company has  been subject  to regulatory  efforts and  recently agreed  to  city
ordinances  to remove a number of faces. On March 22, 1995, following litigation
over an ordinance  and a municipal  charter amendment, Naegele  entered into  an
agreement  with the City  of Jacksonville to  remove 711 billboard  faces over a
twenty year period starting  January 1, 1995 and  ending December 31, 2014.  The
resolution specifies the following removal schedule:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             30-SHEET       8-SHEET
CALENDAR YEARS                                                                BULLETINS       POSTERS       POSTERS       TOTAL
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  -----------     -----
<S>                                                                         <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
1995-1998.................................................................           73            242           167          482
1999-2004.................................................................           23             87            --          110
2005-2014.................................................................           23             96            --          119
                                                                                    ---            ---           ---          ---
                                                                                    119            425           167          711
                                                                                    ---            ---           ---          ---
                                                                                    ---            ---           ---          ---
</TABLE>
 
    Under the agreement, Naegele and the City of Jacksonville have agreed on the
removal  of 445 pre-selected  faces, including 167 (100%)  of its 8-sheet faces.
Management of  the Company  has control  over the  selection and  removal of  an
additional  155 faces. The remaining 111 faces to be removed will be selected by
the Company from a  pool of faces  identified by the City.  While the number  of
signs  being taken down represents a large  percentage of Naegele's plant in the
Jacksonville market, the Company believes  that Jacksonville has been  overbuilt
for  a number  of years,  leading to  low occupancy  levels and  low advertising
rates. The removal of  a number of marginally  profitable boards is expected  to
put  upward pressure on rates. Additionally,  the removals are staggered over 20
years, with management having substantial input  on which signs are removed  and
some  rights of substitution and rebuilding of outdoor advertising structures in
the Jacksonville market.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    On February 1,  1991, Naegele entered  into a consent  judgment to settle  a
complaint  brought by the Minnesota  Attorney General under Minnesota anti-trust
laws pursuant to which Naegele and its successors are prohibited from purchasing
outdoor advertising  displays  in the  Minneapolis/St.  Paul market  from  other
operators  of outdoor advertising  displays until February  1, 2001. The consent
judgment also  prohibits the  Company from  enforcing certain  covenants not  to
compete  and  from entering  into property  leases  in excess  of 15  years. The
consent judgment does not  affect the Company's ability  to continue to  develop
and   build  new  advertising  displays  in  the  Minneapolis/St.  Paul  market.
Additionally,  the  Company  can  purchase   displays  from  brokers  or   other
non-operators.
 
    The  outdoor advertising industry is heavily  regulated and at various times
and in various  markets can  be expected  to be  subject to  varying degrees  of
regulatory   pressure   affecting   the  operation   of   advertising  displays.
Accordingly, although the Company's  experience to date  is that the  regulatory
environment has not adversely impacted the Company's business, other than in the
newly  acquired Jacksonville market, no assurance  can be given that existing or
future laws or regulations will not  materially adversely affect the Company  at
some time in the future.
 
OUTDOOR ADVERTISING PROPERTIES; OFFICE AND PRODUCTION FACILITIES
 
    OUTDOOR  ADVERTISING SITES.  The Company  owns or has permanent easements on
approximately 252  parcels of  real property  that serve  as the  sites for  its
outdoor  displays.  The  Company's  remaining  approximately  6,739  advertising
display sites are leased or licensed.
 
    The Company's leases are  for varying terms  ranging from month-to-month  or
year-to-year  to terms  of ten  years or  longer, and  many provide  for renewal
options. There is no significant concentration  of displays under any one  lease
or  subject to negotiation with  any one landlord. The  Company believes that an
important part of its management activity  is to manage its lease portfolio  and
negotiate suitable lease renewals and extensions.
 
    OFFICE  AND PRODUCTION  FACILITIES.   The Company's  principal executive and
administration offices are located in  Chicago, Illinois in a 6,956-square  foot
space leased by the Company. In addition, the Company has an office and complete
production  and maintenance facility in each of Addison, Illinois (40,000 square
feet); Milwaukee (18,367  square feet); Indianapolis  (23,648 square feet);  Des
Moines   (15,320  square  feet);  Minneapolis/St.  Paul  (82,547  square  feet);
Jacksonville (16,000 square  feet); and  Evansville (16,000 square  feet) and  a
sales,  real estate and administration office in Dallas (2,000 square feet). The
Indianapolis, Addison,  Milwaukee, Jacksonville  and Evansville  facilities  are
owned  and all other facilities are leased. The Company considers its facilities
to be well maintained  and adequate for its  current and reasonably  anticipated
future needs.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    At  January 1, 1996, the Company  employed approximately 337 people, of whom
approximately 61 were primarily engaged in sales and marketing, 190 were engaged
in painting, bill posting and construction  and maintenance of displays and  the
balance  were employed in financial,  administrative and similar capacities. The
Milwaukee market has 14 employees who belong to a union and the  Minneapolis/St.
Paul  market has 28  employees who belong  to unions. The  Company considers its
relations with the unions and with its employees to be good.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    The table below sets forth certain information with respect to the directors
and executive officers of the Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       YEARS WITH
          NAME                 AGE                               POSITION                                COMPANY
- -------------------------      ---      -----------------------------------------------------------  ---------------
<S>                        <C>          <C>                                                          <C>
Daniel L. Simon*                   45   Chief Executive Officer, President and Director                        23
Brian T. Clingen                   36   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director                    8
Paul G. Simon*                     43   Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel                           6
Michael J. Roche                   45   Director                                                                2
Michael B. Goldberg                49   Director                                                               --
Frank K. Bynum, Jr.**              33   Director                                                               --
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 *  Daniel L. and Paul G. Simon are brothers.
 
**  To be elected director upon consummation of the Offering.
 
    DANIEL L. SIMON,  a founder and  a principal beneficial  stockholder of  the
Company,  has been the President of the  Company since 1989 and a director since
its formation. Mr. Simon has 23  years of experience in the outdoor  advertising
industry  and serves on the executive  and legislative committees of the Outdoor
Advertising Association of America.
 
    BRIAN T. CLINGEN has served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
the Company since December 1987 and as a director since 1990. From 1983 to 1987,
Mr. Clingen  worked for  Elmore  Group ("Elmore"),  a diversified  property  and
service  company, and served as Chief Financial Officer of an Elmore subsidiary.
Mr. Clingen is a certified public accountant.
 
    PAUL G. SIMON  has been Vice  President and General  Counsel of the  Company
since 1989 and has served as Secretary of the Company since July 1991. Mr. Simon
was  in the private practice of law  in Illinois from 1978 to 1989, specializing
in commercial litigation, general corporate matters, real estate and mergers and
acquisitions. Mr. Simon represented the Company as outside counsel from 1981  to
1989.
 
    MICHAEL  J. ROCHE has been  National Marketing Manager (Licensed Businesses)
for Sears,  Roebuck and  Co. since  1985.  Prior thereto,  he was  an  Assistant
Marketing  Manager from 1984 to 1985 and a National Sales Promotion Manager from
1980 to 1984 for  Sears, Roebuck and Co.  Mr. Roche has been  a director of  the
Company since November 1993.
 
    MICHAEL  B. GOLDBERG has been a director of the Company since April 5, 1996.
Mr. Goldberg has been a Managing Director of Kelso & Company, L.P. since October
1991. Mr. Goldberg served as a Managing Director and jointly managed the  merger
and  acquisitions department  at The First  Boston Corporation from  1989 to May
1991. Mr.  Goldberg was  a partner  at the  law firm  of Skadden,  Arps,  Slate,
Meagher  & Flom from 1980 to 1989. Mr. Goldberg is a director of General Medical
Corporation, Hosiery  Corporation  of  America,  Inc.  and  United  Refrigerated
Services, Inc.
 
    FRANK  K. BYNUM, JR. will  be elected a director  of the Company immediately
upon consummation of the Offering. Mr. Bynum has been a Vice President of  Kelso
&  Company, L.P. since July 1991, and was  an Associate of Kelso & Company, L.P.
from October 1987 to July 1991. He is a director of Douglas Broadcasting,  Inc.,
Ellis  Communications, Inc., Hosiery Corporation of America, Inc., IXL Holdings,
Inc. and United Refrigerated Services, Inc.
 
    For their services as directors, the  members of the Board of Directors  who
are  not employees of the  Company, UOI, or affiliates  of Kelso & Company, L.P.
are paid an  aggregate of  $10,000 annually.  All directors  are reimbursed  for
reasonable  expenses  associated  with  their  attendance  at  meetings  of  the
respective Boards of Directors.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
    The Company will institute a classified Board of Directors immediately  upon
consummation  of the Offering. Upon the completion of their initial terms, which
vary from one to three years, all directors of the Company will hold office  for
three-year terms until the next annual meeting of stockholders of the Company or
until  their  successors are  duly elected  and  qualified. See  "Description of
Capital Stock -- Special Provisions of Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws  and
Delaware  Law." Executive officers  of the Company  are elected by  the Board of
Directors on  an annual  basis  and serve  at the  discretion  of the  Board  of
Directors.
 
    On  December 23, 1992, Kelso & Companies, Inc., the general partner of Kelso
& Company, L.P., and its chief  executive officer, without admitting or  denying
the  findings contained therein, consented to an administrative order in respect
of an  inquiry by  the  Securities and  Exchange Commission  (the  "Commission")
relating to the 1990 acquisition of a portfolio company by an affiliate of Kelso
&  Companies,  Inc. The  order found  that the  tender offer  filing by  Kelso &
Companies, Inc. in connection with the acquisition did not comply fully with the
Commission's  tender  offer  reporting   requirements,  and  required  Kelso   &
Companies,   Inc.  and  its  chief  executive   officer  to  comply  with  these
requirements in the future.
 
    The Company has an agreement with Kelso & Company, L.P. that permits Kelso &
Company,  L.P.  to  nominate  two  persons  for  the  Board  of  Directors  upon
consummation  of  the Offering  to be  voted upon  by the  shareholders. Messrs.
Goldberg will remain in  his position as  a director and  Messrs. Bynum will  be
elected  to the Board of Directors upon consummation of the Offering as a result
of such  agreement.  The agreement  also  provides that  at  least one  of  such
nominees,  if elected to the Board of  Directors, will also serve on the Board's
compensation committee. See "Certain Transactions."
 
OTHER SIGNIFICANT MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     YEARS OF EXPERIENCE IN
                                                                                                       OUTDOOR ADVERTISING
         NAME                AGE                                POSITION                                    INDUSTRY
- -----------------------      ---      ------------------------------------------------------------  -------------------------
<S>                      <C>          <C>                                                           <C>
Bruce Davies                     37   General Manager -- Jacksonville                                               9
Leon Howell                      56   General Manager -- Evansville                                                35
Dennis O'Brien                   62   President -- 8-Sheet Division                                                35
Cynthia V. Ogle                  41   Regional Manager                                                             15
David L. Quas                    38   General Manager and Sales Manager -- Chicago                                 11
Gary Riley                       34   Market Manager -- Indianapolis                                               11
Jay Sauber                       36   General Manager and Sales Manager -- Milwaukee                               11
Mike Scheid                      39   National Sales Manager                                                       18
Roy Schroeder                    35   Market Manager -- Minneapolis                                                10
Teri Wood                        39   General Manager -- Des Moines                                                 9
David Zimmermann                 40   General Manager -- 8-Sheet Division                                          18
</TABLE>
 
    BRUCE DAVIES has  continued to  serve as  General Manager  of the  Company's
Jacksonville  operation since its acquisition in  early 1996. From 1992 to 1995,
he was employed by Naegele Outdoor (Youngstown, OH) as General Manager and Sales
Manager. For 5 years prior, Mr. Davies was employed by various outdoor companies
including Pony Panels (8-Sheets) and  Ackerley Outdoor (Airport Division),  both
in Albuquerque, NM.
 
    LEON  HOWELL  has  served as  General  Manager of  the  Company's Evansville
operation since its acquisition in 1991.  Mr. Howell has 35 years of  experience
in  the  outdoor  advertising industry,  including  15 years  in  the Evansville
market.  From  1961  to  1991,  Mr.  Howell  was  employed  by  Naegele  Outdoor
Advertising,  Inc. (and predecessor  companies) in Louisville,  Palm Springs and
Evansville in  various sales,  operations  and management  positions,  including
General Manager of the Evansville operation from 1986 to 1991.
 
    DENNIS  O'BRIEN has  served as the  President of the  8-Sheet Division since
1994. In  1987  he  founded Target  Media,  Inc.  which he  operated  until  its
acquisition  by the Company in 1994. From  1961 to 1987 Mr. O'Brien was employed
by various outdoor  companies including  Gannett, Media  Comm, 3M  and Foster  &
Kleiser.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
    CYNTHIA  OGLE has served as Regional Manager  of the Company since 1995. Ms.
Ogle has 15 years of experience in  the outdoor advertising industry, all of  it
in  Indianapolis. From 1991 to 1996 she  served as General Manager. From 1987 to
1991, she served as  the Indianapolis Sales Manager  for Naegele, continuing  in
that  capacity  with  the Company  for  10  months after  it  acquired Naegele's
Indianapolis operations. From 1982  to 1986, Ms. Ogle  was an account  executive
for Naegele.
 
    DAVID  QUAS has served  as General Manager for  the Company's Chicago market
since 1993. From 1989 to his appointment to General Manager, he served as  Sales
Manager  for the  Chicago market.  Mr. Quas  has 11  years of  experience in the
outdoor advertising business,  all of  it in the  Chicago market.  From 1985  to
1989, he served as an account executive for 3M National Advertising.
 
    GARY  RILEY  has served  as Market  Manager  for the  Company's Indianapolis
market since 1995.  Prior to  his appointment to  Market Manager,  he served  as
Sales  Manager in Indianapolis since 1991. From  1985 to 1991, he was an account
executive in Indianapolis for  Naegele and continued in  that capacity with  the
Company after it acquired Naegele's Indianapolis operations.
 
    JAY  SAUBER  has  served  as  General  Manager  of  the  Company's Milwaukee
operations since 1991. From  1989 to 1991,  he served as  Sales Manager for  the
Milwaukee  market. Mr.  Sauber founded Action  Outdoor, Inc.,  a Chicago outdoor
advertising company  acquired by  the Company  in 1988.  From 1985  to 1987,  he
served  as  an account  executive  for 3M  National  Advertising in  the Chicago
market.
 
    MIKE SCHEID  has  served  as  National Sales  Manager  since  the  Company's
acquisition  of Image Media, Inc. in 1996. In 1988, he founded Image Media, Inc.
which he operated  until the  acquisition. For 10  years prior,  Mr. Scheid  was
employed  by Patrick  Media/Foster & Kleiser  in various sales,  real estate and
management positions, including National Sales.
 
    ROY SCHROEDER has  served as  Market Manager for  the Company's  Minneapolis
market  since its acquisition in early 1996.  Mr. Schroeder has over 10 years of
experience in the outdoor advertising industry,  all of it in Minneapolis.  From
1989  to  1996 he  served  as General  Sales  Manager for  Naegele's Minneapolis
operations. From  1986 to  1989,  Mr. Schroeder  was  an account  executive  for
Naegele.
 
    TERI  WOOD has served as General Manager for the Company's Des Moines market
since 1996. Prior to  her appointment to General  Manager, she served as  Market
Manager  since  1993. From  1991 to  1993, she  served as  the Des  Moines Sales
Manager for  Naegele, continuing  in that  capacity with  the Company  after  it
acquired Naegele's Des Moines operation. From 1987 to 1991, Ms. Wood was account
executive  with Naegele. Prior to  her employment with Naegele,  Ms. Wood was an
outdoor media buyer and a client of Naegele.
 
    DAVID ZIMMERMANN has served as General Manager of the 8-Sheet Division since
1995. From 1990 to 1996 he served as the Company's National Sales Manager.  From
1985  to 1990,  Mr. Zimmermann  was employed  by Gateway  Outdoor Advertising in
Chicago as Sales  Manager from 1985  to 1987, Vice  President of National  Sales
from  1987 to 1990, and Vice President and General Manager of the Chicago market
from 1989  to 1990.  From 1977  to 1985,  Mr. Zimmermann  was employed  by  Asch
Advertising,  as an outdoor media  buyer, and by Brown-Forman,  as a planner and
buyer of outdoor advertising.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The  following   table  sets   forth  certain   information  regarding   the
compensation  paid during 1993,  1994 and 1995 to  the Company's Chief Executive
Officer and each  other executive officer  whose total annual  salary and  bonus
that year exceeded $100,000.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                                             -----------------------------------      ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                                    YEAR       SALARY        BONUS      COMPENSATION (2)
- -----------------------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ------------------
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
Daniel L. Simon (1)........................................       1995  $   244,379  $         0      $    1,000
 President and                                                    1994      249,250            0             500
 Chief Executive Officer                                          1993      187,439            0               0
Brian T. Clingen (1).......................................       1995  $   145,128  $         0      $    1,000
 Chief Financial                                                  1994      145,852            0             500
 Officer and Vice                                                 1993      122,742            0               0
 President
Paul G. Simon (1)..........................................       1995  $   158,176  $         0      $    1,000
 Vice President, Secretary and                                    1994      158,968            0             500
 General Counsel                                                  1993      167,125            0               0
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Does  not include value  of warrants granted  in April 1996  pursuant to the
    1996 Warrant Plan to Daniel L. Simon, Brian T. Clingen and Paul G. Simon.
 
(2) Represents contributions  made  by  the  Company  on  behalf  of  the  named
    executive officers to a 401(k) plan.
 
    The  Company currently maintains two life insurance policies covering Daniel
L. Simon,  each  in  the  amount  of $2.5  million.  The  Company  is  the  sole
beneficiary  under each  policy. Pursuant  to a  buy-sell agreement  between the
Company and Mr. Simon, the Company has agreed  to use up to $3.5 million of  the
proceeds  from these  policies to  purchase a portion  of Mr.  Simon's shares of
Common Stock of the Company from his estate.
 
THE 1996 WARRANT PLAN
 
    The 1996 Warrant Plan (the "1996 Warrant Plan") was adopted by the Board  of
Directors  of the Company in April 1996 in order to advance the interests of the
Company by  affording certain  key executives  and employees  an opportunity  to
acquire  a proprietary interest  in the Company and  thus to stimulate increased
personal interest  in such  persons in  the  success and  future growth  of  the
Company.  Upon  consummation of  the Offering,  the 1996  Warrant Plan  shall be
administered by the Compensation Committee of the Company. Pursuant to the  1996
Warrant  Plan, Daniel  L. Simon  and Brian T.  Clingen were  awarded warrants in
April 1996 which have been divided  into three series (the "Series I  Warrants,"
the  "Series II Warrants"  and the "Series III  Warrants," and collectively, the
"Warrants"). In June  1996, the 1996  Warrant Plan was  amended to, among  other
things  (i) cancel certain Series I Warrants,  Series II Warrants and Series III
Warrants awarded to Daniel L. Simon and Brian T. Clingen and award a like amount
of Series I Warrants to  Paul G. Simon; (ii)  adjust the warrant exercise  price
for  the Series II Warrants and the Series III Warrants from $5.00 per share (as
adjusted to reflect the 16 for 1 stock  split) to (X) in the case of the  Series
II  Warrants, the closing sale  price of a share of  Common Stock as reported on
the Nasdaq (the  "Closing Price")  for the  day immediately  preceding any  such
exercise  minus $.01, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if  at any time the average of the
Closing Prices for any 30 consecutive trading  days is equal to or greater  than
$16.25  AND the Closing Price for the last day of such thirty day trading period
is equal  to or  greater than  $16.25,  then the  warrant exercise  price  shall
thereafter be $5.00, and (Y) in the case of the Series III Warrants, the Closing
Price  for the day immediately preceding any such exercise minus $.01, PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that  if at  any time  the  average of  the Closing  Price for  any  30
consecutive  trading days  is equal  to or greater  than $20.00  AND the Closing
Prices for the last day of such thirty day
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
trading period is  equal to or  greater than $20.00,  then the warrant  exercise
price  shall thereafter be  $5.00; and (iii)  make each class  of Warrants fully
exercisable following consummation  of the  Offering. Upon  consummation of  the
Offering,  the Series I Warrants will be fully exercisable at a warrant exercise
price of $5.00 per share. The  Warrants may not be sold, assigned,  transferred,
exchanged  or otherwise disposed  of except to spouses  and beneficiaries of the
holders of such Warrants. A total of 2,470,608 shares of Common Stock have  been
reserved  for issuance  pursuant to the  Warrants issued under  the 1996 Warrant
Plan. Upon  consummation of  the Offering  and the  transaction contemplated  in
connection  therewith,  Daniel L.  Simon will  hold  595,000 Series  I Warrants,
700,000 Series II  Warrants and 700,000  Series III Warrants;  Brian T.  Clingen
will  hold 105,006  Series I  Warrants, 123,536  Series II  Warrants and 123,536
Series I Warrants; and Paul  G. Simon will hold  123,530 Series I Warrants.  The
Company  will recognize a one-time non-cash compensation charge of approximately
$9 million in the quarter to be ended June 30, 1996 relating to the issuance  of
the Warrants under the 1996 Warrant Plan.
 
AUDIT COMMITTEE; COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    Upon  consummation of  the Offering,  the Board  of Directors  shall form an
Audit Committee which will be responsible for reviewing the Company's accounting
controls and  recommending to  the  Board of  Directors  the engagement  of  the
Company's  outside auditors. Upon  consummation of the  Offering, the members of
the Company's Audit  Committee shall be  Daniel L. Simon,  Michael J. Roche  and
Frank K. Bynum.
 
    The  Company  did  not  have  a  compensation  committee  in  1995. Instead,
compensation decisions  were made  by the  Board of  Directors of  the  Company.
Daniel  L. Simon,  Lawrence J. Simon,  (brother of  Daniel L. Simon  and Paul G.
Simon) and Brian T. Clingen served as a members of the Board of Directors of the
Company and as executive officers of the Company during 1995. Lawrence J.  Simon
resigned  as an officer and  director of the Company  in October, 1995. No other
individual who was a director of the Company during 1995 was also an officer  or
employee  of the  Company during  1995. Upon  consummation of  the Offering, the
Board of Directors shall form a Compensation Committee which will be responsible
for reviewing and approving the amount and  type of consideration to be paid  to
senior  management and for administering the  1996 Warrant Plan. See "Management
- -- The 1996 Warrant Plan." Upon consummation of the Offering, the members of the
Company's Compensation Committee shall be Daniel L. Simon, Brian T. Clingen  and
Michael  B.  Goldberg. The  Company  has agreed  that  a Kelso  &  Company, L.P.
designee will  be on  the Compensation  Committee so  long as  there is  such  a
designee on the Board of Directors.
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    On  April 5, 1996, the Company issued to Kelso Investment Associates V, L.P.
("KIA V") and Kelso  Equity Partners V, L.P.  ("KEP V") and certain  individuals
designated  by Kelso &  Company, L.P. (the "Kelso  Designees") 186,500 shares of
Class B Common Stock and 188,500 shares of Class C Common Stock in exchange  for
$30,000,000.  As an inducement  to KIA V's and  KEP V's purchase  of the Class B
Common Stock and  Class C Common  Stock, Daniel  L. Simon and  Brian T.  Clingen
agreed  to  assume,  pro rata,  the  dilution  to the  holders  of  Common Stock
following the exercise of the option held by William H. Smith described below in
"Description of Capital Stock." At such time,  the Company also agreed to pay  a
one-time  fee of  $1,250,000 in cash  and an annual  fee of $150,000  to Kelso &
Company, L.P., an  affiliate of KIA  V and  KEP V, for  consulting and  advisory
services  to the Company. Messrs. Goldberg  and Bynum, directors of the Company,
are Managing  Director and  Vice President,  respectively, of  Kelso &  Company,
L.P.,  limited partners of the general partner  of KIA V and limited partners of
KEP V.
 
    In June 1996, the Company  entered into an agreement with  KIA V, KEP V  and
certain  individual shareholders relating to certain rights  of KIA V, KEP V and
certain individual shareholders as holders of  Class B Common Stock and Class  C
Common  Stock  of  the  Company.  Pursuant to  such  agreement,  subject  to and
conditioned upon the closing of the  Offering, the Company agreed to  reclassify
the  shares of Class B Common  Stock and Class C Common  Stock held by it into a
total of  6,000,000  shares of  Common  Stock, a  portion  of which  shares  are
included   in   the  Offering.   See   "Principal  and   Selling  Shareholders."
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
Pursuant to such agreement, the annual  consulting and advisory fee of  $150,000
was  terminated  but  Kelso  & Company,  L.P.'s  reimbursement  of  expenses and
indemnification rights  remained in  effect. In  connection with  the  Offering,
Kelso  & Company, L.P.  received a one-time  fee of $650,000.  In addition, as a
result of the reclassification, KIA V, KEP V and certain individual shareholders
will have the  same rights  as holders  of Common Stock  and will  no longer  be
entitled  to the rights granted to the holders of Class B Common Stock and Class
C  Common  Stock  under   the  Second  Amended   and  Restated  Certificate   of
Incorporation  and Amended  and Restated  By-laws of  the Company  including the
right to  (i)  elect  a majority  of  the  Board of  Directors  of  the  Company
subsequent  to a sale  of the Class  C Common Stock  to certain purchasers, (ii)
appoint,  remove  and  replace  the  chief  executive  officer  of  the  Company
subsequent  to certain financial  events and (iii) approve  or disapprove of the
enactment of certain  material events  by the Company.  The reclassification  of
Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock will occur prior to the closing of
the  Offering. In connection with the reclassification, KIA V, KEP V and certain
individual shareholders  were  granted  four demand  registration  rights,  were
granted "piggy-back" registration rights, and were granted the right to nominate
two  persons  for seats  on  the Board  of  Directors to  be  voted upon  by the
stockholders, with one  of such directors,  if elected,  to be a  member of  the
Compensation Committee. Daniel L. Simon, Brian T. Clingen and Paul G. Simon also
entered  into a  separate registration  rights agreement  with the  Company that
provides them with four demand registration rights and "piggy-back" registration
rights.
 
    As a component  of its growth  strategy, in July  1995, the company  entered
into  a consulting  agreement with  Urban Development,  L.L.C. ("Urban") whereby
Urban shall consult with,  and develop new sign  locations in the Milwaukee  and
Chicago markets for, the Company. Urban agreed to provide consulting services to
the  Company over a period of 10  years in consideration of $1,400,000 which was
paid on such date. The managing member  of Urban is Lawrence J. Simon, a  former
officer  and director of the Company and the brother of Daniel L. Simon and Paul
G. Simon.  Lawrence  J. Simon  resigned  as a  director  and an  executive  vice
president of the Company on October 4, 1995.
 
    In  April 1996, the Company acquired  four painted bulletin faces in Chicago
from Paramount Outdoor,  Inc. ("Paramount")  in an  asset purchase  transaction.
Messrs.  Quas and Sauber are  the owners of Paramount.  In exchange for the four
painted bulletin faces, the Company agreed to  pay $500,000 in cash at the  time
of  purchase, $1,400 monthly for  the next 24 months  and an additional $168,000
payable two  years  after  such  purchase date,  provided,  the  gross  revenues
received  by the Company from the purchased  assets equal or exceed $333,600. In
1993, Paramount had  purchased the  Chicago sites (including  the lease  rights,
permits  and structures) from a joint venture between the Company and HMS, Inc.,
an unaffiliated entity,  for $100,000,  which the  Company believes  represented
market price.
 
    All  of  the transactions  described above  were  approved by  the Company's
independent outside director. The Company  will not engage in transactions  with
its  affiliates in the future unless the terms of such transactions are approved
by a  majority  of its  independent  outside  directors. In  addition,  the  UOI
Indenture and Secured Note Indenture impose limitations on the Company's ability
to  engage  in such  transactions. See  "Description  of Indebtedness  and Other
Commitments."
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The table below sets forth the  number and percentage of outstanding  shares
of  Common Stock  that will be  beneficially owned  by (i) each  director of the
Company, (ii) each executive officer  identified under "Management --  Executive
Compensation,"  (iii) all directors  and executive officers of  the Company as a
group and (iv) each person known by the Company to own beneficially more than 5%
of the Common Stock. The Company  believes that each individual or entity  named
has  sole investment  and voting  power with respect  to shares  of Common Stock
indicated as  beneficially  owned  by  them,  except  as  otherwise  noted.  The
percentages  listed  below  do  not take  into  consideration  any  Common Stock
outstanding after the exercise of the Noteholder Warrants.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF                     BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF
                                                 COMMON STOCK PRIOR TO THE                    COMMON STOCK AFTER THE
                                                         OFFERING                                    OFFERING
                                               -----------------------------    SHARES     -----------------------------
                                                  NUMBER OF      PERCENT OF      BEING        NUMBER OF      PERCENT OF
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                           SHARES          CLASS        OFFERED        SHARES          CLASS
- ---------------------------------------------  ---------------  ------------  -----------  ---------------  ------------
<S>                                            <C>              <C>           <C>          <C>              <C>
Daniel L. Simon .............................     7,000,000(1)        53.8%            --     9,470,608(2)        49.4%
 321 North Clark Street
 Chicago, Illinois 60610
Brian T. Clingen ............................            --(3)          --             --            --(4)          --
 321 North Clark Street
 Chicago, Illinois 60610
Paul G. Simon ...............................            --             --             --            --(5)          --
 321 North Clark Street
 Chicago, Illinois 60610
Michael J. Roche ............................            --             --             --            --             --
 333 Beverly Road, E5-312A
 Hoffman Estates, Illinois 60179
Michael B. Goldberg (6) .....................            --             --             --            --             --
 Director
 Kelso & Company
 320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor
 New York, New York 10022
Frank K. Bynum, Jr. (6) .....................            --             --             --            --             --
 Director
 Kelso & Company
 320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor
 New York, New York 10022
Kelso Investment Associates V, L.P. (7)(8)...     5,579,840           42.9      2,361,937     3,217,903           19.3
Joseph S. Schuchert (7)(9)...................     5,906,000           45.4      2,500,000     3,406,000           20.4
Frank T. Nickell (7)(9)......................     5,906,000           45.4      2,500,000     3,406,000           20.4
George E. Matelich (7)(9)....................     5,906,000           45.4      2,500,000     3,406,000           20.4
Thomas R. Wall, IV (7)(9)....................     5,906,000           45.4      2,500,000     3,406,000           20.4
All directors and executive officers as a
 group (6 persons) ..........................     7,000,000           53.8             --     9,470,608           49.4
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) Daniel L.  Simon's beneficial  ownership includes 5,800,000  shares that  he
    owns  directly and 1,200,000 shares over which he has voting rights pursuant
    to voting trust  agreements with  Brian T.  Clingen, Laurence  J. Simon  and
    William H. Smith
 
(2)  Daniel L.  Simon's beneficial ownership  includes 5,800,000  shares that he
    owns directly, 1,995,000  shares issuable  to him upon  exercise of  certain
    Warrants  exercisable upon  consummation of  the Offering,  1,200,000 shares
    over which he has voting control pursuant to certain voting trust agreements
    and 475,608  shares issuable  to Brian  T. Clingen  and Paul  G. Simon  upon
    exercise  of certain Warrants exercisable  upon consummation of the Offering
    over which Daniel  L. Simon has  voting control pursuant  to certain  voting
    trust agreements.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
(3)  Brian T. Clingen owns  1,177,860 shares which represent  9.1% of the Common
    Stock, the  voting rights  of which  have been  granted to  Daniel L.  Simon
    pursuant to a voting trust agreement.
 
(4)  Brian T. Clingen owns  1,177,860 shares and 370,608  shares issuable to him
    upon exercise  of  certain Warrants  exercisable  upon consummation  of  the
    Offering  which represent  9.1% of  the Common  Stock, the  voting rights of
    which have  been granted  to Daniel  L.  Simon pursuant  to a  voting  trust
    agreement.
 
(5)  Paul G. Simon owns 123,530 shares  issuable to him upon exercise of certain
    Warrants exercisable upon consummation of the Offering which represent  less
    than 1% of the Common Stock, the voting rights of which have been granted to
    Daniel L. Simon pursuant to a voting trust agreement.
 
(6) Excludes      shares to be distributed to Messrs. Goldberg and Bynum in lieu
    of  cash in conjunction  with the Offering (see  note (8)). Messrs. Goldberg
    and Bynum may be  deemed to share beneficial  ownership of shares of  Common
    Stock owned of record by KIA V by virtue of their status as limited partners
    of  the general partner of  KIA V and as limited  partners of KIA V. Messrs.
    Goldberg and Bynum  disclaim beneficial  ownership of  such securities.  Mr.
    Goldberg  is a director of  the Company and Mr. Bynum  will be a director of
    the Company upon consummation of the Offering.
 
(7) The business address  for such person(s)  is c/o Kelso  & Company, 320  Park
    Avenue, 24th Floor, New York, New York 10022.
 
(8)  Total  beneficial ownership  of Common  Stock  after the  Offering reflects
    shares proposed to  be sold  in the Offering  and does  not reflect
    additional  shares expected to  be distributed to certain  partners of KIA V
    and KEP V and to Messrs. Goldberg  and Bynum in lieu of cash in  conjunction
    with the Offering.
 
(9)  Messrs.  Schuchert,  Nickell, Matelich  and  Wall  may be  deemed  to share
    beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock owned of record by KIA V  and
    KEP  V, by virtue of their status as general partners of the general partner
    of KIA  V and  as general  partners of  KEP V.  Messrs. Schuchert,  Nickell,
    Matelich  and  Wall  share  investment  and  voting  power  with  respect to
    securities owned by KIA  V and KEP V,  but disclaim beneficial ownership  of
    such securities.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
                       DESCRIPTION OF NOTEHOLDER WARRANTS
 
GENERAL
 
    The  Noteholder Warrants  were issued pursuant  to a  Warrant Agreement (the
"Warrant Agreement"), dated as of June 30, 1994, between the Company and  United
States  Trust Company of New  York, as warrant agent  (the "Warrant Agent"). The
Noteholder Warrants will expire on July 1, 2004. The Noteholder Warrants entitle
the holders thereof to purchase, at a price of $.000625 per share, an  aggregate
of  1,000,000 shares of  Common Stock. See "Selling  Securityholders and Plan of
Distribution." This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the
Noteholder Warrants or  the Warrant  Agreement and  is subject  to the  detailed
provisions  of, and  qualified in its  entirety by reference  to, the Noteholder
Warrants  and  the  Warrant  Agreement  (including  the  definitions   contained
therein).
 
EXERCISE OF NOTEHOLDER WARRANTS
 
    Prior  to  July 1,  1999, the  Noteholder Warrants  will not  be exercisable
except  in  connection  with  an  Initial  Public  Offering,  a  Disposition,  a
Non-Surviving Combination and a Change of Control (each, as defined, and each, a
"Trigger Event"). Commencing July 1, 1999, or earlier if the Noteholder Warrants
become  exercisable  in connection  with  a Trigger  Event,  the holders  of the
Noteholder Warrants  (the  "Noteholder  Warrantholders")  will  be  entitled  to
exercise  all or a portion of their Noteholder  Warrants at any time on or prior
to July 1, 2004 at which  time all unexercised Noteholder Warrants will  expire,
subject  to earlier  expiration where  the Noteholder  Warrantholders have Bring
Along Rights  (as  defined  below).  The Company  shall  obtain,  prior  to  the
consummation  of a Disposition  where the Noteholder  Warrantholders do not have
Bring Along Rights (as hereafter defined),  a written opinion of an  independent
nationally  recognized investment  banking firm  with assets  in excess  of $1.0
billion  to  the  effect  that  such  Disposition  is  fair  to  the  Noteholder
Warrantholders from a financial point of view.
 
    There  is currently no  public market for the  Securities offered hereby and
there can be no assurance that an  active public market for the Securities  will
develop.  The Noteholder Warrants were sold as part of the Units in the offering
consummated by the Company  in June 1994. Because  the Noteholder Warrants  were
part  of the Units, the exercise price of the Noteholder Warrants was determined
as a component of the overall offering price of the Units, which was  determined
by  negotiations among the Company and  the Initial Purchaser. Among the factors
considered in  making  such  determination were  prevailing  market  conditions,
certain  financial information of the Company,  the current state of the economy
as a whole and other factors deemed relevant.
 
BRING ALONG RIGHTS
 
    If the  Company or  the stockholders  of the  Company enter  into a  binding
agreement  to effect (i)  a Non-Surviving Combination, (ii)  a Change of Control
involving a  sale  of 100%  of  the  Common Stock  of  the Company  or  (iii)  a
Disposition involving the sale of all of the Company's assets, the Company shall
deliver  notice  (the  "Bring  Along  Notice") to  the  Warrant  Agent  and each
Noteholder Warrantholder,  at  least  35  days prior  to  the  closing  of  that
transaction,  setting  forth the  relevant terms  of  that transaction  and each
Noteholder Warrantholder's  right  (the "Bring  Along  Right") to  exercise  the
Noteholder Warrants within a 30-day period commencing on the date of such notice
(the  "Bring Along Period").  Exercise of the  Noteholder Warrants following the
delivery of a  Bring Along Notice  will constitute agreement  by the  Noteholder
Warrantholder  to the Disposition, Non-Surviving Combination  or sale of 100% of
the Company's Common Stock, including such Noteholder Warrantholder's  agreement
to  sell the Warrant  Shares received upon exercise  of Noteholder Warrants, for
the sale price and on the same  terms as the other stockholders of the  Company.
Any  Noteholder Warrant that is not exercised during the Bring Along Period will
expire at the end of the Bring Along Period.
 
REGISTRATION
 
    Pursuant to Registration Rights  Agreement, the Company  has agreed to  file
the  Registration Statement, of which this Prospectus forms a part, covering the
issuance by the Company of the  Warrant Shares to the Noteholder  Warrantholders
upon  exercise  of  the  Noteholder  Warrants  and  resales  by  the  Noteholder
Warrantholders of the Noteholder Warrants and the Warrant Shares, and to use its
best efforts to
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
cause such Registration Statement to remain  effective for a period of not  less
than 3 years after the last exercise of a Noteholder Warrant not covered by such
Registration Statement. Holders of Noteholder Warrants and Warrant Shares may be
required  to  deliver certain  information  to be  used  in connection  with the
continuing effectiveness  of the  Registration Statement.  If this  Registration
Statement  is declared effective but thereafter  shall cease to be effective for
any period  in  excess  of  five business  days  (each,  a  "Shelf  Registration
Default"),  the Company is obligated to pay to the Noteholder Warrantholders and
to holders of the Warrant Shares (other than a holder of Noteholder Warrants  or
Warrant Shares that were acquired through a disposition pursuant to an effective
registration statement) liquidated damages in the amount of $1.00 per Noteholder
Warrant or Warrant Share for each 90-day period (or portion thereof) immediately
following  such Shelf Registration  Default until the  Registration Statement is
declared effective or  again becomes  effective, as  the case  may be,  up to  a
maximum of $2.00 per Noteholder Warrant or Warrant Share. All accrued liquidated
damages shall be paid to holders of record of the Noteholder Warrants or Warrant
Shares  on the last day  of each calendar quarter  during which any such payment
shall have become due.
 
LIQUIDATION OF THE COMPANY
 
    In the event  of any  voluntary or involuntary  liquidation, dissolution  or
winding  up of the  Company, each Noteholder Warrantholder  shall be entitled to
share, with  respect  to  the  Warrant Shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of  his
Noteholder  Warrants, equally and ratably in  any cash or non-cash distributions
payable to holders of any class of Common Stock of the Company payable upon  the
exercise  of  such Noteholder  Warrant.  Noteholder Warrantholders  will  not be
entitled to receive payment of any such distribution until the surrender to  the
Warrant  Agent of  their Noteholder  Warrants in  accordance with  the terms and
provisions of the Warrant Agreement.
 
CASH DIVIDENDS
 
    If the Company pays any cash dividend on, or any other cash distribution  in
respect  of  its Common  Stock, it  shall pay  each Noteholder  Warrantholder an
amount in cash  equal to  the amount  such Noteholder  Warrantholder would  have
received  if such  Noteholder Warrantholder  had been  the record  holder of the
Warrant Shares issuable  upon exercise  of his  Noteholder Warrants  immediately
prior to the record date for such dividend or distribution.
 
ANTI-DILUTION ADJUSTMENTS
 
    The  number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of a Noteholder Warrant
will be  adjusted upon  the  occurrence of  certain events,  including,  without
limitation  (i) the payment of a dividend  on, or the making of any distribution
in respect  of, Common  Stock of  the Company  in (a)  shares of  the  Company's
capital  stock  (including Common  Stock), (b)  options,  warrants or  rights to
purchase, or securities  convertible into  or exchangeable  or exercisable  for,
shares  of Common Stock or other securities  of the Company or any other person,
or (c) certain evidences  of indebtedness of  the Company or  any assets of  the
Company  or (ii) the issuance of Common  Stock or securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable  for shares of  Common Stock at  a price below  fair
market  value. An adjustment  will also be  made in the  event of a combination,
subdivision or reclassification of  the Common Stock.  Adjustments will be  made
whenever and as often as any specified event requires an adjustment to occur.
 
AMENDMENT
 
    From time to time, the Company and the Warrant Agent, without the consent of
the Noteholder Warrantholders, may amend or supplement the Warrant Agreement for
certain  purposes,  including curing  defects or  inconsistencies or  making any
change that does not  materially adversely affect the  rights of any  Noteholder
Warrantholder.  Any other amendment or supplement to the Warrant Agreement shall
require the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding
Noteholder Warrants. The consent of each Noteholder Warrantholder affected shall
be required for  any amendment  pursuant to which  the exercise  price would  be
increased  or the number of shares of  Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of
Noteholder Warrants  would  be decreased  (other  than pursuant  to  adjustments
provided  in the Warrant Agreement) or for  any change in the Trigger Events (or
rights or obligations upon the occurrence of any such Trigger Event) in a manner
adverse to any Noteholder Warrantholder.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
REPORTS
 
    The Company  will  file  with the  Warrant  Agent,  to be  provided  to  the
Noteholder   Warrantholders  within  15  days  after  it  files  them  with  the
Commission, copies  of its  annual and  quarterly reports  and the  information,
documents  and reports that the Company is  required to file with the Commission
pursuant to Section 13  or 15(d) of the  Exchange Act. Notwithstanding that  the
Company  may not be required to remain  subject to the reporting requirements of
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall continue to file with
the Commission  and provide  the Warrant  Agent and  the holders  of  Noteholder
Warrants  with such  annual reports  and such  information, documents  and other
reports (or copies of such portion of any of the foregoing as the Commission may
by rules or regulations prescribe) which  are specified in Sections 13 or  15(d)
of the Exchange Act.
 
FORM OF NOTEHOLDER WARRANTS
 
    The Noteholder Warrants were initially issued in the form of a single, fully
registered  global  warrant  (the  "Global  Warrant")  with  certain  restricted
securities legends  affixed  thereto,  and  were  available  initially  only  in
book-entry  form. The  Global Warrant  was deposited  with the  Warrant Agent as
custodian for The Depository Trust Company (the "Depository") and registered  in
the  name  of Cede  & Co.,  the Depository's  nominee. Beneficial  interests are
currently shown on, and transfers  thereof are currently effected only  through,
the  records  maintained  by  the  Depository  and  its  participants.  Upon the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement, of which this Prospectus is a part,
all requirements with respect to the  Global Warrants and legends on  Noteholder
Warrants  will cease to apply, and certificated Warrants without legends will be
available to the Noteholder Warrantholders and transferees thereof.
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
    The Warrant  Agreement  also  obligates  the  Company  to  comply  with  its
covenants  and other  agreements contained  in the  Secured Note  Indenture. The
Noteholder Warrant will not entitle the holder thereof to any of the rights of a
holder of capital stock of the Company, including, without limitation, the right
to vote at or  receive notice of  meetings of the  stockholders or the  Company,
except as specifically set forth in the Warrant Agreement.
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
    Set  forth below  are certain defined  terms used in  the Warrant Agreement.
Reference is made  to the Warrant  Agreement for a  complete description of  all
such  terms, as  well as any  other capitalized  terms used herein  for which no
definition is provided.
 
    "CHANGE OF CONTROL"  means the occurrence  of one or  more of the  following
events:  (a) the Permitted  Holders shall cease to  beneficially own (within the
meaning of Rule 13d-3  under the Exchange Act),  directly or indirectly,  Voting
Stock representing at least 40% of the total voting power of all Voting Stock of
the  Company; (b) any Person or group (as  such term is used in Section 13(d)(3)
of the Exchange Act), other than  the Permitted Holders, shall beneficially  own
(within  the  meaning  of  Rule  13d-3  under  the  Exchange  Act),  directly or
indirectly, Voting Stock representing more than 30% of the total voting power of
all Voting Stock of the Company; (c) the individuals who on the date of  initial
issuance  of the Secured Notes constitute the  Board of Directors of the Company
(together with any new or replacement directors whose election was approved by a
vote of  at least  two-thirds of  the directors  of the  Company then  still  in
office,  other than new  directors elected pursuant  to the exercise  of a class
voting right granted to the holders of  any class or series of Capital Stock  of
the Company) shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of
Directors of the Company or a majority of the Board of Directors of UOI; (d) the
merger  or consolidation of the Company with,  or the sale, lease or transfer of
all or substantially all the Company's assets  to, any Person or group (as  such
term  is  used  in  Section  13(d)(3)  under  the  Exchange  Act);  or  (e)  the
stockholders of  the  Company  shall  approve  any  plan  or  proposal  for  the
liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
 
    "INITIAL  PUBLIC OFFERING" means an  underwritten primary public offering of
the Common Stock of the Company pursuant to an effective registration  statement
under  the Securities Act  which is the  initial public offering  of such Common
Stock.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
    "NON-SURVIVING  COMBINATION"  means  the  merger,  consolidation  or   other
business  combination with one or more other  entities in a transaction in which
the Company is not the surviving entity.
 
    "DISPOSITION"  means  a   (a)  merger,  consolidation   or  other   business
combination  in  which the  Company is  the surviving  entity and  the Company's
stockholders receive  cash  or non-cash  consideration  in exchange  for  or  in
respect  of their shares  of capital stock  or (b) the  sale, lease, conveyance,
transfer or  other  disposition  (other  than  to the  Company  or  any  of  its
wholly-owned  subsidiaries)  in  any  single transaction  or  series  of related
transactions  (including  a   sale  and   leaseback  transaction)   of  all   or
substantially all the assets of the Company.
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    Upon  consummation of the  Offering, the Company's  authorized capital stock
shall consist of 75,000,000  shares of Common Stock,  $.01 par value per  share,
and  10,000,000  shares  of  preferred  stock, $.01  par  value  per  share (the
"Preferred Stock").  The following  summary of  the Company's  capital stock  is
qualified  in  its entirety  by  reference to  the  Company's Third  Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation  (the "Certificate of Incorporation")  and
Second  Amended and Restated Bylaws (the "Bylaws"), each of which is filed as an
exhibit to the registration statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    The Company is authorized to issue  75,000,000 shares of Common Stock,  $.01
par  value per share. Following the  Offering, 16,700,000 shares of Common Stock
will be  issued and  outstanding  (assuming no  exercise of  the  over-allotment
option and excluding 3,470,608 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise
of all outstanding warrants.) See "Capitalization."
 
    Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters on
which  the holders  of Common  Stock are  entitled to  vote. Because  holders of
Common Stock  do  not  have cumulative  voting  rights  and the  Company  has  a
classified Board of Directors, the holders of a majority of the shares of Common
Stock  voting for the election of directors can  elect all of the members of the
Board of Directors standing for election  at any particular meeting. The  Common
Stock  is not redeemable and has no  conversion or preemptive rights. All of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock  are, and all of  the shares of Common  Stock
issuable  upon the exercise  of the Noteholder Warrants  offered hereby will be,
when issued and  paid for, fully  paid and  nonassessable. In the  event of  the
liquidation  or  dissolution of  the Company,  the holders  of Common  Stock are
entitled to  share  pro  rata in  any  of  the corporate  assets  available  for
distribution  to them. The Company may pay dividends if, when and as declared by
the Board of  Directors from funds  legally available therefor,  subject to  the
restrictions set forth in the Secured Note Indenture (as defined in "Description
of  Indebtedness and  Other Commitments  -- The  Secured Notes"),  the Revolving
Credit Facility,  the Acquisition  Credit Facility  and the  UOI Indenture.  See
"Dividend Policy."
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The  Preferred  Stock  may be  issued  from time  to  time by  the  Board of
Directors as shares of one or more classes or series. Subject to the  provisions
of the Certificate of Incorporation and limitations prescribed by law, the Board
of  Directors is expressly authorized to  adopt resolutions to issue the shares,
to fix the number of shares and to change the number of shares constituting  any
series,   and  to  provide  for  or  change  the  voting  powers,  designations,
preferences and  relative,  participating,  optional or  other  special  rights,
qualifications,  limitations or restrictions  thereof, including dividend rights
(including  whether  dividends  are   cumulative),  dividend  rates,  terms   of
redemption  (including sinking  fund provisions),  redemption prices, conversion
rights and  liquidation preferences  of  the shares  constituting any  class  or
series  of the Preferred Stock, in each  case without any further action or vote
by the stockholders. The  Company has no current  plans to issue any  additional
shares of Preferred Stock of any class or series.
 
    One  of the  effects of  undesignated Preferred Stock  may be  to enable the
Board of  Directors to  render more  difficult or  to discourage  an attempt  to
obtain  control of the Company by means of a tender offer, proxy contest, merger
or otherwise, and thereby to protect the continuity of the Company's management.
The issuance  of  shares  of  the  Preferred Stock  pursuant  to  the  Board  of
Directors' authority
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
described  above may adversely affect the rights of the holders of Common Stock.
For example, Preferred Stock issued by the Company may rank prior to the  Common
Stock  as to dividend rights,  liquidation preference or both,  may have full or
limited voting  rights and  may  be convertible  into  shares of  Common  Stock.
Accordingly,  the issuance of shares of  Preferred Stock may discourage bids for
the Common  Stock or  may otherwise  adversely affect  the market  price of  the
Common Stock.
 
THE 1996 WARRANT PLAN
 
    The  1996 Warrant Plan was adopted by  the Board of Directors of the Company
in April 1996  in order to  advance the  interests of the  Company by  affording
certain  key executives  and employees an  opportunity to  acquire a proprietary
interest in the  Company and thus  to stimulate increased  personal interest  in
such  persons in the success and future growth of the Company. Upon consummation
of the Offering, the 1996 Warrant Plan shall be administered by the Compensation
Committee of  the Company.  For a  description  of the  1996 Warrant  Plan,  see
"Management -- The 1996 Warrant Plan."
 
CERTAIN OUTSTANDING RIGHTS
 
    On  November 18,  1993, the  Company entered  into the  Capital Appreciation
Right Agreement with Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, Cigna  Property
and  Casualty Insurance  Company, Life  Insurance Company  of North  America and
Aetna Life Insurance Company, pursuant to which the Company granted such parties
limited capital  appreciation rights  in the  capital stock  of the  Company  in
exchange  for a  waiver of  the prepayment penalty  in connection  with the 1993
refinancing. Such capital appreciation rights are triggered by the occurrence of
any of the following: (i) liquidation or dissolution of the Company or UOI, (ii)
sale of all or substantially all of the issued and outstanding shares of  common
stock or assets of the Company, (iii) the merger or consolidation of the Company
or  UOI, subject  to certain  exceptions or (iv)  an initial  public offering of
common stock of the Company  or UOI prior to June  30, 1996. The maximum  amount
payable  pursuant to the agreement is $3.8 million and is required to be paid no
later than one year following the  triggering event. The agreement expires  June
30, 1998.
 
    On November 18, 1993, the Company entered into the Option Exchange Agreement
with  UOI and William H. Smith ("WHS"), pursuant to which the Company granted to
WHS an option to purchase 0.52% of  the issued and outstanding capital stock  of
the  Company at a purchase  price of $130,000. The  option is exercisable by WHS
upon the Company entering into a definitive agreement to issue shares of capital
stock through an underwritten  public offering. Subsequent  to the execution  of
the Underwriting Agreement, the Company expects WHS shall exercise his option in
full  and receive 67,600  shares of Common  Stock of the  Company. The shares of
Common Stock to be purchased by WHS are to be contributed by Daniel L. Simon and
Brian T. Clingen.
 
    In July 1995, Daniel L.  Simon and Brian T.  Clingen entered into a  Capital
Appreciation Plan with Lawrence J. Simon pursuant to which Lawrence J. Simon was
granted  an  option to  purchase one  percent (1%)  of the  common stock  of the
Company owned by Daniel L. Simon and Brian T. Clingen for a purchase price equal
to $165,000. The option is exercisable  upon receipt of notice that the  Company
has  finalized  arrangements  for  a  public  offering  of  its  capital  stock.
Subsequent to the execution of  the Underwriting Agreement, the Company  expects
Lawrence  J. Simon shall exercise his option  in full and purchase 70,000 shares
of Common Stock.
 
SPECIAL PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION, BYLAWS AND DELAWARE LAW
 
    Certain provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws as well as
certain provisions of Delaware law may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect
or may  delay, defer  or  prevent a  tender offer  or  takeover attempt  that  a
stockholder  might consider in such stockholder's best interest, including those
attempts that might result  in a premium  over the market  price for the  shares
held by a stockholder.
 
    The  Certificate of Incorporation  provides that no  director of the Company
shall be  personally liable  to the  Company or  its stockholders  for  monetary
damages  for breach  of duty  as a  director, except  for liability  (i) for any
breach of the  director's duty of  loyalty to the  Company or its  stockholders,
(ii)  for  acts or  omissions  not in  good  faith or  that  involve intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law,  (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of  the
Delaware   General   Corporation  Law   or   (iv)  for   any   transaction  from
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
which the director  derived an improper  personal benefit. The  effect of  these
provisions  is  to eliminate  the  rights of  the  Company and  its stockholders
(through stockholders' derivative  suits on  behalf of the  Company) to  recover
monetary  damages against a director for breach  of fiduciary duty as a director
(including breaches resulting  from grossly negligent  behavior), except in  the
situations described above.
 
    The  Bylaws  provide  that  the Company  will  indemnify  its  directors and
officers to the  fullest extent permissible  under Delaware General  Corporation
Law.  These  indemnification provisions  require the  Company to  indemnify such
persons against  certain  liabilities and  expenses  to which  they  may  become
subject  by reason of their service as a director or officer of the Company. The
provisions also  set  forth certain  procedures,  including the  advancement  of
expenses, that apply in the event of a claim for indemnification.
 
    DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER LAW.  Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law  ("Section  203")  generally  provides  that  a  person  who,  together with
affiliates and associates owns, or  within three years did  own, 15% or more  of
the  outstanding voting stock of a corporation (an "Interested Stockholder") but
less than 85% of such stock may not engage in certain business combinations with
the corporation for a period of three  years after the date on which the  person
became   an  Interested  Stockholder   unless  (i)  prior   to  such  date,  the
corporation's board of directors approved either the business combination or the
transaction in which the  stockholder became an  Interested Stockholder or  (ii)
subsequent   to  such  date,  the  business   combination  is  approved  by  the
corporation's board of directors and authorized at a stockholders' meeting by  a
vote  of at least  two-thirds of the corporation's  outstanding voting stock not
owned by  the Interested  Stockholder. Section  203 defines  the term  "business
combination"  to encompass a wide  variety of transactions with  or caused by an
Interested Stockholder, including mergers,  asset sales, and other  transactions
in which the Interested Stockholder receives or could receive a benefit on other
than a pro rata basis with other stockholders.
 
    The  provisions of Section 203, coupled  with the Board's authority to issue
Preferred Stock without further stockholder action, could delay or frustrate the
removal of  incumbent directors  or a  change  in control  of the  Company.  The
provisions  also could discourage,  impede or prevent a  merger, tender offer or
proxy contest,  even  if such  event  would be  favorable  to the  interests  of
stockholders.  The  Company's  stockholders,  by adopting  an  amendment  to the
Certificate of Incorporation, may elect not to be governed by Section 203  which
election  would  be  effective  12  months  after  such  adoption.  Neither  the
Certificate of  Incorporation  nor  the  Bylaws exclude  the  Company  from  the
restrictions imposed by Section 203.
 
    CLASSIFIED  BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  The Certificate of Incorporation classifies
the Board  of Directors  into three  classes. The  first class  consists of  one
director  whose initial term expires  in 1997. The second  class consists of two
directors whose initial term  expires in 1998. The  third class consists of  two
directors whose initial term expires in 1999. At each annual meeting, the number
of directors equal to the number of directors in the class whose terms expire at
the  time  of such  meeting  shall be  elected to  hold  office until  the third
succeeding annual meeting. As a result  of this classification of directors,  no
shareholder  or group of shareholders  would be able to  elect a majority of the
Board of  Directors at  any single  meeting for  the election  of directors.  In
addition,  the  Delaware  General Corporation  Law  prohibits the  removal  of a
director of a  classified board  without cause.  This could  discourage a  proxy
contest for control of the Board of Directors.
 
    NOTICE  PROVISIONS.   The Bylaws  provide that  only business  or proposals,
including director nominations,  properly brought  before an  annual meeting  of
shareholders  may be conducted at such meeting.  In order to bring business or a
proposal before an annual meeting, a shareholder is required to provide  written
notice  to  the Company  at  least 45  days prior  to  the annual  meeting which
describes the business or proposal to be brought before the annual meeting,  the
name and address of the stockholder proposing the business, the class and number
of  shares of stock held  by such stockholder, and  any material interest of the
stockholder in the business to be  brought before the meeting. These  procedures
may  operate to limit the  ability of stockholders to  bring business before the
annual  meeting,  including  with  respect  to  the  nominee  of  directors   or
considering  any transaction  that could  result in a  change of  control of the
Company.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
WARRANT AGENT
 
    The Warrant Agent for the Noteholder Warrants is United States Trust Company
of New York.
 
TRANSFER AGENT
 
    The  Company's transfer agent and registrar  for the Common Stock is LaSalle
National Trust, N.A.
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common  Stock
of  the Company. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that market
sales of shares of Common  Stock or the availability  of shares of Common  Stock
for  sale  will  have  on  the  market  price  prevailing  from  time  to  time.
Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock of the Company in the
public market  after  the restrictions  described  below lapse  could  adversely
affect  the prevailing market price  of the Common Stock  and the ability of the
Company to raise equity capital in the future.
 
    Upon  completion  of  the  Offering,  the  Company  will  have   outstanding
16,700,000  shares of  Common Stock  (excluding 930,000  shares of  Common Stock
issuable upon  the  exercise  of the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option  and
3,470,608  shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the 1996 Warrant Plan and
Noteholder Warrants). See "Capitalization"  and "Description of Capital  Stock."
Of  these shares,  the 6,200,000 shares  (7,130,000 shares  if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full) of Common Stock sold in the Offering
will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act except  for
any  shares purchased by "affiliates," as that term is defined in the Securities
Act, of the Company. The remaining 10,500,000 shares are "restricted securities"
within the meaning of Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act (the "Restricted
Shares"). The  Restricted Shares  generally  may not  be  sold unless  they  are
registered  under the Securities Act  or are sold pursuant  to an exemption from
registration, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 or Rule 144A under  the
Securities Act.
 
    Certain  of the Company's security holders and all of its executive officers
and directors, with the power to dispose  of a total of 10,500,000 shares,  have
agreed not to offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock for
a  period of  180 days  after the  date of  the Offering  (the "Lock-up Period")
without the  prior  written  consent  of  the  underwriters  for  the  Offering.
Following  the Lock-up Period, these shares will not be eligible for sale in the
public market without  registration unless  such sales meet  the conditions  and
restrictions  of  Rule  144  as described  below.  KIA  V and  KEP  V  expect to
distribute shares of Common Stock to  their respective partners, and may in  the
future   sell  or  otherwise  dispose  of  Common  Stock,  including  additional
distribution to their respective partners.
 
    KIA V and KEP  V expect to  distribute a portion of  their shares of  Common
Stock  to  certain of  its  partners in  lieu of  cash  in conjunction  with the
Offering. The recipients of such distributions have agreed with KIA V, KEP V and
the underwriters for the  Offering not to offer,  sell, or otherwise dispose  of
such  shares of Common Stock for a limited period following the Offering without
the prior written consent of KIA V  and Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated. KIA  V,
KEP  V and their  partners are entitled  to four demand  and certain "piggyback"
registration rights. Daniel  L. Simon, Brian  T. Clingen and  Paul G. Simon  are
entitled to four demand and certain "piggyback" registration rights.
 
    In  general, under Rule 144  as currently in effect,  any person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated), including an affiliate, who has beneficially owned
shares for  a period  of at  least two  years (as  computed under  Rule 144)  is
entitled  to sell, within any  three-month period, a number  of shares that does
not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of the then-outstanding shares of Common  Stock
(approximately  201,706 shares after giving effect to the Offering) and (ii) the
average weekly trading  volume in  the Company's  Common Stock  during the  four
calendar  weeks immediately preceding the date on  which the notice of such sale
on Form 144 is filed with the Commission. Sales under Rule 144 are also  subject
to certain provisions relating to notice and manner of sale and the availability
of  current  public information  about the  Company. In  addition, a  person (or
persons whose  shares are  aggregated) who  has  not been  an affiliate  of  the
Company at any time during the 90 days immediately preceding a sale, and who has
beneficially  owned the shares of  at least three years  (as computed under Rule
144), would be entitled to
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
sell such shares under Rule 144(k)  without regard to the volume limitation  and
other  conditions  described above.  The foregoing  summary of  Rule 144  is not
intended to be a complete description thereof.
 
               DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS AND OTHER COMMITMENTS
 
    The following is  a description  of the principal  agreements governing  the
indebtedness  of  the  Company and  UOI  as  of April  30,  1996.  The following
summaries of certain  provisions of  the Secured Note  Indenture, the  Revolving
Credit  Facility, the Acquisition Credit Facility and the UOI Indenture (as such
terms are defined  below) are qualified  in their entirety  by reference to  the
agreement  to which each summary  relates, a copy of which  is an exhibit to the
registration statement  of  which this  Prospectus  is a  part.  See  "Available
Information."  Defined terms  used below and  not defined have  the meanings set
forth in the respective agreements.
 
THE SECURED NOTES
 
    On June 23, 1994, the Company issued $50 million aggregate principal  amount
of 14% Series A Senior Secured Discount Notes due 2004 (the "Secured Notes") and
50,000  Warrants to purchase Common Stock pursuant to an indenture (the "Secured
Note Indenture") between the Company and the United States Trust Company of  New
York,  as  trustee. The  Secured Notes  mature on  July 1,  2004 and  are senior
secured obligations of  the Company secured  by a  pledge of all  of the  common
stock  of UOI issued to the Company. The Secured Notes rank on a parity in right
of payment with all existing and future indebtedness of the Company that is  not
expressly subordinated to the Secured Notes.
 
    INTEREST.   The  Secured Notes were  offered at a  substantial discount from
their principal amount. No  interest will accrue on  the Secured Notes prior  to
July 1, 1999. Commencing July 1, 1999, interest on the Secured Notes will accrue
at  the rate of 14% per annum and will be payable semiannually on each January 1
and July 1, to holders  of record on the  immediately preceding December 15  and
June  15, respectively. Interest on the Secured  Notes will accrue from the most
recent date to which interest  has been paid or, if  no interest has been  paid,
from  July 1, 1999, and the first interest payment date will be January 1, 2000.
Interest will be  computed on  the basis  of a  360-day per  year consisting  of
twelve 30-day months.
 
    SECURITY.   The obligations under the Secured  Notes are secured by a pledge
of all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of UOI.
 
    REDEMPTION.  The Secured Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Company,
in whole or in part, at  any time and from time to  time, upon not less than  30
nor  more  than  60 days'  notice,  at  the redemption  prices  (expressed  as a
percentage of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest
to the redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning  on
July 1 of the years indicated below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR                                                                                                    PERCENTAGE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
1999.................................................................................................      107.00%
2000.................................................................................................      104.67%
2001.................................................................................................      102.33%
2002 and thereafter..................................................................................      100.00%
</TABLE>
 
    Notwithstanding  the foregoing, if the Company consummates an initial public
offering of its Common Stock  on or prior to July  1, 1997, the Company, at  its
option,  within 60 days of the consummation of such offering, may use all or any
portion of  the net  proceeds  of that  offering  to redeem  up  to 25%  of  the
aggregate  principal amount  at maturity  of the  Secured Notes  at a redemption
price equal to 114% of their accreted value, provided that immediately following
the redemption at least 75% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the
Secured Notes remains outstanding. The Company  intends to use a portion of  the
net  proceeds of the Offering to redeem 25% of the aggregate principal amount of
the Secured Notes. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
    COVENANTS.  The Indenture restricts  the Company and its subsidiaries  from,
among  other  things: (i)  incurring indebtedness  and allowing  subsidiaries to
issue preferred stock; (ii) incurring  liens or guaranteeing obligations  except
for certain permitted liens with certain exceptions; (iii) entering into mergers
or  consolidations; (iv) selling or otherwise disposing of property, business or
assets; (v) with certain  exceptions, making loans  or investments; (vi)  making
optional   payments  or   prepayments  of  indebtedness;   (vii)  entering  into
transactions with  affiliates; (viii)  with  certain exceptions,  entering  into
agreements  prohibiting or limiting  the ability of the  Company to create liens
upon its property,  assets or  revenues in  favor of  the Secured  Notes or  pay
dividends  or indebtedness to  the Company; and (ix)  engaging in any businesses
other than ownership of the  capital stock of UOI and,  with respect to UOI  and
its subsidiaries, the business of outdoor advertising.
 
    CHANGE  IN CONTROL.  Upon a change  of control, each holder of Secured Notes
may require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of such holder's  Secured
Notes  at a purchase price equal to 101%  of their accreted value on the date of
purchase. A "change in control" occurs upon (i) a failure of Daniel L. Simon (or
his trusts or family members)  to own at least 40%  of the capital stock of  the
Company  entitled to vote in  an election of directors,  (ii) acquisition by any
Person or group other than  Daniel L. Simon of in  excess of 30% of the  capital
stock  or the Company's assets, (iii) the merger or consolidation of the Company
with, or  the  sale, lease  or  transfer of  all  or substantially  all  of  the
Company's assets to, any person or group, (iv) approval of a plan of liquidation
or  dissolution, or (v) the members of the  Board of Directors as of the date of
the Secured  Note  Indenture or  their  duly elected  replacements,  failing  to
constitute a majority of the Board of Directors.
 
REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
 
    COMMITMENT;  INTEREST.  The Revolving Credit Facility is a revolving line of
credit facility providing for borrowings of up to $12.5 million that may be used
for  general  corporate   purposes  including   working  capital   requirements.
Borrowings  under the Revolving Credit Facility may be in the form of eurodollar
loans or announced base rate loans as determined by the Company. UOI may  prepay
borrowings  under the  Revolving Credit  Facility, and  may reborrow  (up to the
amount of the commitment then in effect) any amounts that are repaid or prepaid.
 
    TERMINATION  OF  COMMITMENT.    The  initial  commitment  of  $12.5  million
terminates  on the earlier  of the Acquisition  Credit Facility termination date
(April 5, 1999, unless extended) or March  31, 2003 or upon the occurrence of  a
Change of Control (as defined below). On each of these dates, UOI is required to
repay  borrowings  (together  with fees  and  interest accrued  thereon  and any
additional amounts owing under the Revolving  Credit Facility) in excess of  the
commitment as reduced.
 
    SECURITY.  UOI's obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility are secured
by   first  priority  liens  (subject  to  certain  permitted  encumbrances)  on
substantially all of  the assets of  UOI. In  addition, if an  Event of  Default
exists  or if  the Company  exceeds certain  leverage ratios,  management of the
Company will  pledge  its  Common Stock  to  the  banks as  security  for  UOI's
obligations  until such time as  the banks receive a pledge  of the stock of UOI
after the Secured Notes are repaid in full.
 
    COVENANTS.  The Revolving Credit Facility restricts UOI and its subsidiaries
from, among other things: (i) changes in business; (ii) with certain exceptions,
consolidation; mergers,  sales  or  purchases  of  assets;  (iii)  with  certain
exceptions,  incurring, creating,  assuming or suffering  to exist  any liens or
encumbrances upon property of UOI or assigning any right to receive income; (iv)
with certain exceptions, creating, incurring, assuming or suffering to exist any
indebtedness; (v) making investments or loans  in any other person or entity  or
acquiring   or  establishing   any  subsidiaries  except   for  investments  and
subsidiaries permitted  under  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility;  (vi)  selling,
assigning  or otherwise encumbering  or disposing of the  capital stock or other
securities of any subsidiary; (vii) making any optional or voluntary prepayments
on  indebtedness;  (viii)  with  certain  exceptions,  redeeming,  retiring   or
purchasing  capital stock of UOI or declaring or paying dividends on the capital
stock of UOI; and (ix)  except as to certain  transactions that comply with  the
terms  of  the  Revolving  Credit  Agreement,  entering  into  transactions with
affiliates. In  addition, the  Revolving Credit  Facility also  requires UOI  to
maintain  certain levels of  Operating Cash Flow  and interest expense coverage,
and limits UOI's capital
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
expenditures to  $8 million  in  fiscal year  1996  (in addition  to  additional
permitted  expenditures not in excess of the "basket" amount set forth therein),
which amount  is  increased annually  to  105% of  the  maximum amount  for  the
immediately preceding twelve-month period.
 
    CHANGE  OF CONTROL.   A  change of  control of  UOI constitutes  an event of
default permitting the  lenders to accelerate  indebtedness under and  terminate
the  Revolving Credit Facility. "Change of  Control" means (i) the Company shall
cease to own legally and beneficially  100% of the outstanding capital stock  of
UOI,  (ii)  prior to  the  Company's initial  public  offering of  common stock,
certain permitted holders  cease to  be the  "beneficial owner"  (as defined  in
Rules  13d-3  and 13d-5  under  the Exchange  Act),  directly or  indirectly, of
66 2/3% in the aggregate of the total voting and economic ownership interests of
the Company, whether as a result of  the issuance of securities of the  Company,
any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of the Company, any direct
or indirect transfer of securities or otherwise, (iii) management of the Company
ceases  to own 30%  of the Company, (iv)  any "person" (as such  term is used in
Sections 13(d) and  14(d) of  the Exchange  Act), other  than one  or more  such
permitted holders, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in clause (ii)
above,  except that a person  shall be deemed to  have "beneficial ownership" of
all shares that any such person has the right to acquire, whether such right  is
exercisable  immediately  or  only  after  the  passage  of  time),  directly or
indirectly, of  more  than  30%  of the  total  voting  and  economic  ownership
interests  of  the  Company;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  such  permitted holders
"beneficially own" (as defined in clause (ii) above), directly or indirectly, in
the aggregate a  lesser percentage of  the total voting  and economic  ownership
interests  of the Company  than such other person  and do not  have the right or
ability by  voting  power, contract  or  otherwise  to elect  or  designate  for
election  a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company, or (v) during any
period of two consecutive years individuals who at the beginning of such  period
constituted  the  Board  of Directors  of  the  Company (together  with  any new
directors whose election  by such  Board of  Directors or  whose nomination  for
election  by the  stockholders of  the Company was  approved by  either (i) such
permitted holders or (ii) a vote of the majority of the directors of the Company
then still in office who were either  directors at the beginning of such  period
or  whose election or nomination for  election was previously so approved) cease
for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company
then in office.
 
    The terms set forth above incorporate  proposed terms of an amendment to  be
entered into concurrently with the consummation of the Offering.
 
ACQUISITION CREDIT FACILITY
 
    COMMITMENT;  INTEREST.    The  Acquisition Credit  Facility  consists  of an
acquisition  revolving  credit  line  in  the  amount  of  $87.5  million.   The
Acquisition  Credit Facility was drawn in the amount of $84.5 million in full to
finance the Company's recent acquisition of the operations of Naegele and may be
reborrowed to  finance acquisitions.  Borrowings  under the  Acquisition  Credit
Facility  may be in the form of eurodollar loans or announced base rate loans as
determined by the Company. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
    TERMINATION OF  COMMITMENT.   The  commitment  of $87.5  million  under  the
acquisition  revolving credit line is reduced on annual basis after a given date
and terminates on March 31, 2003 or  upon the occurrence of a Change of  Control
(as  defined below). On each of these dates, UOI is required to repay borrowings
(together with  fees and  interest accrued  thereon and  any additional  amounts
owing  under the  Acquisition Credit  Facility) in  excess of  the commitment as
reduced.
 
    SECURITY.   UOI's  obligations under  the  Acquisition Credit  Facility  are
secured  by first priority liens (subject  to certain permitted encumbrances) on
substantially all of  the assets of  UOI. In  addition, if an  Event of  Default
exists  or if  the Company  exceeds certain  leverage ratios,  management of the
Company will pledge its Common Stock of the Company to the banks as security for
UOI's obligations until such time as the banks receive a pledge of the stock  of
UOI after the Secured Notes are repaid in full.
 
    COVENANTS.   Except to  the extent any  of such covenants  conflict with the
terms of  the Secured  Notes or  UOI's Notes,  the Acquisition  Credit  Facility
restricts  UOI and  its subsidiaries  from, among  other things:  (i) changes in
business;  (ii)  with  certain  exceptions,  consolidation;  mergers,  sales  or
purchases of assets;
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
(iii)  with certain  exceptions, incurring,  creating, assuming  or suffering to
exist any liens or encumbrances upon property  of UOI or assigning any right  to
receive  income; (iv) with certain  exceptions, creating, incurring, assuming or
suffering to exist  any indebtedness;  (v) making  investments or  loans in  any
other  person or entity or acquiring or establishing any subsidiaries except for
investments and subsidiaries  permitted under the  Acquisition Credit  Facility;
(vi)  selling, assigning  or otherwise encumbering  or disposing  of the capital
stock or  other securities  of  any subsidiary;  (vii)  making any  optional  or
voluntary   prepayments  on   indebtedness;  (viii)   with  certain  exceptions,
redeeming, retiring or purchasing  capital stock of UOI  or declaring or  paying
dividends  on  the  capital  stock  of  UOI;  and  (ix)  except  as  to  certain
transactions that comply  with the  terms of the  Acquisition Credit  Agreement,
entering  into transactions with affiliates. In addition, the Acquisition Credit
Facility also requires UOI to maintain certain levels of Operating Cash Flow and
interest expense coverage, and limits  UOI's capital expenditures to $8  million
in  fiscal year  1996 (in addition  to additional permitted  expenditures not in
excess of the "basket" amount set  forth therein), which amount is increased  to
105% of the maximum amount for the immediately preceding twelve-month period.
 
    CHANGE  OF CONTROL.   A  change of  control of  UOI constitutes  an event of
default permitting the  lenders to accelerate  indebtedness under and  terminate
the Acquisition Credit Facility. "Change of Control" means (i) the Company shall
cease  to own legally and beneficially 100%  of the outstanding capital stock of
UOI, (ii)  prior to  the  Company's initial  public  offering of  common  stock,
certain  permitted holders  cease to  be the  "beneficial owner"  (as defined in
Rules 13d-3  and 13d-5  under  the Exchange  Act),  directly or  indirectly,  of
66 2/3% in the aggregate of the total voting and economic ownership interests of
the  Company, whether as a result of  the issuance of securities of the Company,
any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of the Company, any direct
or indirect transfer of securities or otherwise, (iii) management of the Company
ceases to own 30%  of the Company, (iv)  any "person" (as such  term is used  in
Sections  13(d)  and 14(d)  of  the Exchange  Act),  other than  one  or certain
permitted holders, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in clause (ii)
above, except that a  person shall be deemed  to have "beneficial ownership"  of
all  shares that any such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is
exercisable immediately  or  only  after  the  passage  of  time),  directly  or
indirectly,  of  more  than  30%  of the  total  voting  and  economic ownership
interests of  the  Company;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  such  permitted  holders
"beneficially own" (as defined in clause (ii) above), directly or indirectly, in
the  aggregate a  lesser percentage of  the total voting  and economic ownership
interests of the Company  than such other  person and do not  have the right  or
ability  by  voting  power, contract  or  otherwise  to elect  or  designate for
election a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company, or (v) during  any
period  of two consecutive years individuals who at the beginning of such period
constituted the  Board  of Directors  of  the  Company (together  with  any  new
directors  whose election  by such  Board of  Directors or  whose nomination for
election by the  stockholders of  the Company was  approved by  either (i)  such
permitted holders or (ii) a vote of the majority of the directors of the Company
then  still in office who were either  directors at the beginning of such period
or whose election or nomination for  election was previously so approved)  cease
for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company
then in office.
 
    The  terms set forth above incorporate proposed  terms of an amendment to be
entered into concurrently with the consummation of the Offering.
 
THE UOI NOTES
 
    On March 2, 1994, UOI issued  $65 million aggregate principal amount of  11%
Series  A Senior Notes due 2003 (the  "UOI Notes") pursuant to an indenture (the
"UOI Indenture") between UOI and the United States Trust Company of New York, as
trustee. The UOI  Notes mature  on November 15,  2003 and  are senior  unsecured
obligations of UOI with all existing and future indebtedness of the Company that
is not expressly subordinated to the UOI Notes.
 
    INTEREST.  The UOI Notes bear interest at the rate of 11% per annum and will
be  payable semiannually on each November 15 and May 15, to holders of record on
the immediately preceding November 1
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
and May 1, respectively.  Interest on the  UOI Notes will  accrue from the  most
recent date to which interest has been paid and will be computed on the basis of
a  360-day per year  consisting of twelve  30-day per year  consisting of twelve
30-day months.
 
    SECURITY.  The obligations under the UOI Notes are not secured.
 
    REDEMPTION.  The UOI Notes may be  redeemed at the option of UOI  commencing
November  15, 1998 in whole or in part, at  any time and from time to time, upon
not less  than 30  nor  more than  60 days'  notice,  at the  redemption  prices
(expressed as a percentage of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and
unpaid  interest to  the redemption  date, if  redeemed during  the twelve-month
period beginning on November 15 of the years indicated below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR                                                                                                    PERCENTAGE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
1998.................................................................................................      105.50%
1999.................................................................................................      103.67%
2000.................................................................................................      101.83%
2001 and thereafter..................................................................................      100.00%
</TABLE>
 
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if UOI or the Company consummates an  initial
public  offering of its Common  Stock on or prior to  November 15, 1996, UOI, at
its option, within 60 days of the consummation of such offering, may use all  or
any  portion of the net proceeds of that offering to redeem up to $20 million of
the aggregate principal amount of UOI Notes at a redemption price equal to  110%
of  their  principal amount  plus accrued  and  unpaid interest  to the  date of
redemption, provided  that immediately  following the  redemption at  least  $30
million  of  the aggregate  principal amount  at maturity  of UOI  Notes remains
outstanding.
 
    COVENANTS.  The UOI Indenture restricts UOI and its subsidiaries from, among
other things:  (i) incurring  indebtedness and  allowing subsidiaries  to  issue
preferred  stock; (ii)  incurring liens  or guaranteeing  obligations except for
certain permitted liens with certain exceptions; (iii) entering into mergers  or
consolidations;  (iv) selling  or otherwise  disposing of  property, business or
assets; (v) with certain  exceptions, making loans  or investments; (vi)  making
optional   payments  or   prepayments  of  indebtedness;   (vii)  entering  into
transactions with  affiliates; (viii)  with  certain exceptions,  entering  into
agreements  prohibiting or  limiting the ability  of UOI or  its subsidiaries to
create liens upon its property,  assets or revenues in  favor of the holders  of
UOI  Notes or pay dividends or indebtedness to UOI or its subsidiaries; and (ix)
engaging in any businesses other than the business of outdoor advertising.
 
    CHANGE IN CONTROL AND ASSET SALES.  Upon a change of control, each holder of
UOI Notes may require UOI  to repurchase all or a  portion of such holder's  UOI
Notes  at a purchase price equal to 101%  of their accreted value on the date of
purchase. A "change in control" occurs upon (i) a failure of Daniel L. Simon (or
his trusts or family members)  to own at least 40%  of the capital stock of  the
Company  entitled to vote in  an election of directors,  (ii) acquisition by any
Person or group other than  Daniel L. Simon of in  excess of 30% of the  capital
stock  or the  Company's assets,  (iii) the  sale, lease  or transfer  of all or
substantially all of the Company's assets to any person or group, (iv) Universal
Outdoor shall cease to beneficially own  all of the outstanding voting stock  of
UOI,  (v) approval of a plan of  liquidation or dissolution, or (vi) the members
of the Board  of Directors as  of the date  of the UOI  Indenture or their  duly
elected  replacements, fail to constitute a  majority of the Board of Directors.
In addition,  in the  event  of certain  sales or  transfers  of assets  of  the
Company,  the Company is obligated  to invest the proceeds  in assets related to
the outdoor advertising  business or  apply excess  proceeds from  such sale  to
repay UOI Notes.
 
                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
    The  following is a summary of the material United States federal income tax
consequences of holding and disposing of the Noteholder Warrants. The summary is
based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof (the
"Code"),   existing   and   proposed   Treasury   regulations,    administrative
pronouncements and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to
change
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
(possibly  on a retroactive basis). This summary does not discuss all aspects of
federal income taxation that  might be relevant to  investors in light of  their
particular  circumstances or  to certain types  of investors  subject to special
treatment under the federal income tax laws (for example, dealers in securities,
tax-exempt  organizations,   insurance   companies   and   foreign   taxpayers).
Furthermore, this summary does not discuss the consequences to an investor under
state,  local or foreign tax laws.  Prospective investors are advised to consult
their own  tax  advisors regarding  the  federal,  state, local  and  other  tax
considerations  of  holding  and  disposing  of  the  Noteholder  Warrants. This
discussion is not  binding on the  Internal Revenue Service  or the courts.  The
Company  has not sought and will not  seek any rulings from the Internal Revenue
Service with respect to the positions of the Company discussed herein. There can
be no assurance  that the  Internal Revenue Service  will not  take a  different
position  concerning  the  tax  consequences of  holding  and  disposing  of the
Noteholder Warrants.  The  discussion assumes  that  holders of  the  Noteholder
Warrants  will hold them as "capital assets"  within the meaning of Section 1221
of the Code.
 
    The filing and effectiveness of this Registration Statement should not cause
Noteholder Warrantholders to realize taxable gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes.
 
    No gain or  loss will  be recognized by  a Noteholder  Warrantholder on  the
purchase of Common Stock for cash on the exercise of the Noteholder Warrant. The
basis  of Common Stock purchased upon exercise  of a Noteholder Warrant for cash
will include such  Noteholder Warrantholder's  basis in  the Noteholder  Warrant
plus  the amount of cash consideration. Any  gain or loss recognized on the sale
or other disposition of  a Noteholder Warrant (other  than upon exercise of  the
Noteholder  Warrant) will generally  be capital gain  or loss. The  gain or loss
will be equal  to the difference  between the  amount realized on  such sale  or
other   disposition  and  the  Noteholder  Warrantholder's  tax  basis  in  such
Noteholder Warrant. If a Noteholder  Warrant lapses unexercised, the  Noteholder
Warrantholder  generally will recognize  a capital loss  equal to the Noteholder
Warrantholder's tax basis in the Noteholder  Warrant at the time the  Noteholder
Warrant  lapses. The Company has  determined that the tax  basis of a Noteholder
Warrant held by a Noteholder Warrantholder that acquired the Noteholder  Warrant
as  part  of  the initial  offering  of  Units is  $40.  Under  current Treasury
regulations, this determination will generally be binding on all such Noteholder
Warrantholders, except a Noteholder Warrantholder who discloses to the  Internal
Revenue  Service  that such  Noteholder  Warrantholder is  adopting  a different
determination and attaches a form containing this disclosure to such  Noteholder
Warrantholder's income tax return for the tax year that includes the acquisition
date of the Unit.
 
    Although  the tax  treatment of  payments by the  Company with  respect to a
Noteholder Warrant upon a Shelf  Registration Default, as described above  under
"Description  of Noteholder Warrants -- Registration,"  is unclear at this time,
under one interpretation the tax basis in a Noteholder Warrant may be reduced by
the amount of such  payments. Alternatively, such payments  could be taxable  to
Noteholder  Warrantholders as a  distribution paid with respect  to stock of the
Company. Another alternative  is that such  payments will be  taxed as  ordinary
income.  The tax  treatment of  payments by  the Company  of dividend equivalent
amounts described  above  under  "Description of  Noteholder  Warrants  --  Cash
Dividends"  is  unclear  at  this  time.  Such  payments  may  be  taxable  as a
distribution paid with respect to stock  of the Company. Another alternative  is
that such payments will be taxed as ordinary income.
 
    Adjustments  in the exercise price of  the Noteholder Warrants made pursuant
to the anti-dilution provisions  of the Noteholder  Warrants to reflect  certain
distributions to the holders of Common Stock may result in taxable distributions
to  Noteholder Warrantholders pursuant  to the deemed  dividend rules of Section
305 of the Code and the  Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder. The  basis
of a Noteholder Warrant should be increased by the amount of any such dividend.
 
    THE  FOREGOING DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FEDERAL  INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS NOT
TAX ADVICE.  ACCORDINGLY, EACH  PERSON CONSIDERING  THE PURCHASE  OF  NOTEHOLDER
WARRANTS  SHOULD CONSULT  HIS, HER OR  ITS OWN  ADVISOR WITH RESPECT  TO THE TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO HIM, HER OR IT OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE
NOTEHOLDER WARRANTS, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF STATE, LOCAL  AND
FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND OF CHANGES IN THE APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
                SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS AND PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS
 
    As  of the date hereof, the Noteholder Warrants  are held in the form of the
Global Warrant  registered in  the  name of  Cede &  Co.,  the nominee  for  the
Depository.  With respect to the offer and sale by any Selling Securityholder of
Securities pursuant to this Prospectus, a Prospectus Supplement that sets  forth
the name of the Selling Securityholder and the Securities being offered for sale
will accompany this Prospectus. Because the Selling Securityholders may sell all
or  a portion of  their Securities at any  time and from time  to time after the
date hereof, no  estimate can  be made  of the  amount of  Securities that  each
Selling  Securityholder may retain upon completion of the offering to which this
Prospectus relates.
 
METHOD OF SALE
 
    The Selling  Securityholders may  sell  any or  all the  Securities  through
underwriters  or dealers, through brokers or other agents, or directly to one or
more purchasers in one or more  transactions in the over-the-counter market,  if
such  a  market  develops, or  in  privately  negotiated transactions,  or  in a
combination of  such transactions.  Such  transactions may  be effected  by  the
Selling  Securityholders at  market prices  prevailing at  the time  of sale, at
prices related to  such prevailing market  prices, at negotiated  prices, or  at
fixed prices, which may be changed. Such underwriters, dealers, brokers or other
agents  may  receive  compensation  in the  form  of  discounts,  concessions or
commissions from the  Selling Securityholders and  may receive commissions  from
the purchasers of the Securities for whom they act as agent.
 
    Any  Selling Securityholder  and any dealer,  broker or  other agent selling
Securities for the Selling Securityholders  or purchasing any Securities from  a
Selling Securityholder for purposes of resale may be deemed to be an underwriter
under  the Securities Act and any profit from  the sale of the Securities or any
compensation received by  such Selling Securityholder,  dealer, broker or  other
agent  may  be deemed  underwriting compensation.  Neither  the Company  nor the
Selling Securityholders can presently estimate the amount of such  compensation.
The Company knows of no existing arrangements between any Selling Securityholder
and  any other Selling  Securityholder, underwriter, dealer,  or broker or other
agent.
 
    In the event that any underwriters are used in the sale of any Securities, a
Prospectus Supplement or other appropriate document will be delivered with  this
Prospectus which will describe any material arrangements for the distribution of
such  Securities, including the name or  names of any underwriters, the purchase
price of such Securities  and the proceeds to  the Selling Securityholders  from
any   such  sale,  any  underwriting  discounts  and  other  items  constituting
underwriters' compensation, any initial public offering price and any  discounts
or  concessions allowed  or reallowed  or paid  to dealers,  together with other
related information.
 
    The Company will  issue and sell  the shares of  Common Stock issuable  upon
exercise of the Noteholder Warrants, from time to time, to registered holders of
the Noteholder Warrants upon the exercise thereof.
 
    To   comply  with  certain  states'  securities  laws,  if  applicable,  the
Securities may  be sold  in  such states  only  through registered  or  licensed
brokers  or dealers. In  addition, in certain  states the Securities  may not be
sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in such state or  an
exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with.
 
    There is currently no public market for the Securities. The Company does not
currently  intend to apply for listing of  the Securities on any stock exchange.
Therefore, there is no assurance that an active public market for the Securities
will develop or that if such a market develops, that it will continue.
 
EXPENSES
 
    The Company has agreed to pay  the expenses incurred in connection with  the
preparation   and  filing  of  this  Prospectus  and  the  related  Registration
Statement, except for commissions of brokers or dealers
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
and may transfer fees incurred in connection with the sales of the Securities by
any Selling Securityholder, which will  be paid by such Selling  Securityholder.
The  Company has also agreed to pay the fees and expenses incurred in connection
with the registration or  qualification of the Securities  for sale under  state
securities laws.
 
REGISTRATION OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY
 
    Pursuant  to the Warrant Agreement,  the Company has agreed  to use its best
efforts to maintain the  effectiveness of the  Registration Statement, of  which
this  Prospectus  forms a  part, at  all times,  for so  long as  any Noteholder
Warrants remain outstanding  and for 3  years from  the date on  which the  last
Noteholder  Warrant is exercised or such shorter period that will terminate when
all Noteholder  Warrants and  all Warrant  Shares covered  by this  Registration
Statement,  of which this Prospectus is a  part, have been sold pursuant to such
Registration Statement.
 
INDEMNIFICATION
 
    Pursuant to the provisions contained  in the Registration Rights  Agreement,
the  Company is obligated  under certain circumstances  to indemnify the Selling
Securityholders  who  sell  Securities   pursuant  to  this  Prospectus,   their
respective  officers, directors  and agents,  and controlling  persons, and each
underwriter  in  an  offering  or  sale  of  such  Securities,  against  certain
liabilities  related to such sale  or disposition, including liabilities arising
under the Securities  Act, or to  contribute to payments  which such persons  or
entities  may be required to make in respect thereof. Pursuant to the provisions
of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company may, in certain circumstances,
also  be   entitled  to   indemnification  or   contribution  by   the   Selling
Securityholders or underwriters participating in an offering of the Securities.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The  validity of  the Noteholder  Warrants and  the Warrant  Shares has been
passed upon for the Company by Sidley & Austin, Chicago, Illinois.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company as of December 31, 1994
and 1995 and for each of the three  years in the period ended December 31,  1995
in  this Prospectus  have been so  included in  reliance on the  report of Price
Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm  as
experts in auditing and accounting.
 
    The Consolidated Financial Statements of NOA Holding Company at May 31, 1995
and  1994, and for  each of the  three years in  the period ended  May 31, 1995,
appearing in this  Prospectus and  Registration Statement have  been audited  by
Ernst  & Young LLP, independent  auditors, as set forth  in their report thereon
appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report  given
upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    The Company files reports and other information with the Commission.
 
    The  Company has filed  with the Commission  a Registration Statement (which
term shall include all amendments thereto) on Form S-1 under the Securities Act,
with  respect  to  the  Securities   offered  hereby.  This  Prospectus,   which
constitutes  a part of the  Registration Statement, does not  contain all of the
information set forth in the Registration Statement, certain parts of which  are
omitted  in  accordance  with  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the Commission.
Statements contained in  this Prospectus  as to  the contents  of any  contract,
agreement or other document referred to herein are not necessarily complete.
 
    With  respect to each report or  other information filed with the Commission
pursuant to the Exchange Act, and such contract, agreement or document filed  as
an  exhibit to the Registration Statement, reference is made to such exhibit for
a more complete description, and each such statement is
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
deemed to  be qualified  in all  respects by  such reference.  The  Registration
Statement  and  reports  and  other  information filed  by  the  Company  may be
inspected, without charge, at the offices of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549  and at its regional  offices at Seven World  Trade
Center,  New York,  New York  10048, and  500 West  Madison Street,  Suite 1400,
Chicago, Illinois  60661. Copies  of such  materials may  be obtained  from  the
public  reference  section  of the  Commission  at its  Washington  address upon
payment of the prescribed fee. In the event the Company is not required to  file
periodic  reports  and other  information with  the  Commission, the  Company is
required under the Warrant Agreement to file with the Commission and  distribute
to  holders of the Noteholder Warrants  copies of the financial information that
would have been contained in such annual reports and quarterly reports that  the
Company  would have been  required to file  with the Commission  pursuant to the
Exchange Act. Such financial information shall include annual reports containing
consolidated financial statements  and notes thereto,  together with an  opinion
thereon  expressed by  an independent  public accounting  firm, and management's
discussion and analysis  of financial  condition and results  of operations,  as
well  as quarterly reports containing unaudited condensed consolidated financial
statements for the first three quarters of each fiscal year.
 
    The Company intends  to distribute to  the holders of  its shares of  Common
Stock  annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by an
independent accountant  and  quarterly reports  containing  unaudited  condensed
consolidated financial information for the first three quarters of each year.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
Report of Independent Accountants of Price Waterhouse LLP.............................        F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets...........................................................        F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations.................................................        F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow..................................................        F-5
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Common Stockholders' Deficit....................        F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................        F-7
 
                            UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations.................................       F-16
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations........................       F-18
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet............................................       F-19
Note to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet....................................       F-20
 
                                       NOA HOLDING COMPANY
 
Report of Independent Auditors of Ernst & Young LLP...................................       F-21
Consolidated Balance Sheets...........................................................       F-22
Consolidated Statements of Operations.................................................       F-23
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity.......................................       F-24
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.................................................       F-25
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................       F-26
 
                                             AD-SIGN
Report of Independent Accountants of Price Waterhouse LLP.............................       F-32
Statement of Revenues and Direct Expenses.............................................       F-33
Notes to the Statement of Revenues and Direct Expenses................................       F-34
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of Universal Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
 
    In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related
consolidated  statements  of  operations,  of  changes  in  common stockholders'
deficit and  of  cash  flows  present fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the
financial  position of  Universal Outdoor Holdings,  Inc. and  its subsidiary at
December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the  results of their operations and their  cash
flows  for each  of the three  years in the  period ended December  31, 1995, in
conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  These  financial
statements  are the responsibility of Universal's management; our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these  financial statements based on our audits.  We
conducted  our audits of these statements  in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards which require  that we plan and  perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,  assessing   the
accounting  principles used  and significant  estimates made  by management, and
evaluating the overall  financial statement  presentation. We  believe that  our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Chicago, Illinois
February 23, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                        UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          1994            1995
                                                                     --------------  --------------   MARCH 31,
                                                                                                         1996
                                                                                                     ------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                  <C>             <C>             <C>
Current assets:
  Cash.............................................................   $         15    $         19    $       11
  Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $106
   in 1994 and 1995................................................          4,313           5,059         4,608
  Other receivables................................................            185             201           539
  Prepaid land rents...............................................            822           1,043         1,144
  Prepaid insurance and other......................................            859           1,029         1,264
                                                                     --------------  --------------  ------------
      Total current assets.........................................          6,194           7,351         7,566
                                                                     --------------  --------------  ------------
Property and equipment, net........................................         53,651          55,346        69,266
                                                                     --------------  --------------  ------------
Other assets:
  Noncompete agreements, net of accumulated amortization of $4,711
   and $4,505......................................................          1,615           1,995         1,670
  Finance costs, net of accumulated amortization of $511 and
   $1,171..........................................................          5,437           5,113         4,948
  Excess of cost over fair value assets acquired, net of
   accumulated amortization of $184 and $230.......................            746             700           689
  Other costs associated with acquisitions, net of accumulated
   amortization of $569 and $686...................................            584             525           587
  Deposits.........................................................             26              20            21
                                                                     --------------  --------------  ------------
      Total other assets...........................................          8,408           8,353         7,915
                                                                     --------------  --------------  ------------
                                                                      $     68,253    $     71,050    $   84,747
                                                                     --------------  --------------  ------------
                                                                     --------------  --------------  ------------
                           LIABILITIES AND COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
  Current maturities of long-term debt.............................   $         58    $         58    $       58
  Accounts payable.................................................          1,469           1,225         1,180
  Accrued interest.................................................            998           1,054         2,946
  Deferred revenue.................................................            400             468           268
  Accrued expenses.................................................            482             409           580
                                                                     --------------  --------------  ------------
      Total current liabilities....................................          3,407           3,214         5,032
                                                                     --------------  --------------  ------------
Long-term debt, less current maturities............................         99,669         106,362       120,248
                                                                     --------------  --------------  ------------
Common stockholders' deficit:
  Common stock, $.01 par value, 1,500,000 shares authorized;
   437,500 shares issued and outstanding...........................        --              --             --
  Additional paid in capital.......................................          1,451           1,451         1,451
  Common stock warrants............................................          2,500           2,500         2,500
  Accumulated deficit..............................................        (38,774)        (42,477)      (44,484)
                                                                     --------------  --------------  ------------
      Total common stockholders' deficit...........................        (34,823)        (38,526)      (40,533)
                                                                     --------------  --------------  ------------
Commitment and contingencies (Notes 5 and 9).......................        --              --             --
                                                                     --------------  --------------  ------------
                                                                      $     68,253    $     71,050    $   84,747
                                                                     --------------  --------------  ------------
                                                                     --------------  --------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                        UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                                                          FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER
                                                                       31,                  ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                         -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                           1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Gross revenues.........................................  $  28,710  $  33,180  $  38,101  $   8,025  $   9,332
Less agency commissions................................      2,863      3,414      3,953        789        905
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Net revenues.......................................     25,847     29,766     34,148      7,236      8,427
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating expenses:
  Direct advertising expenses..........................     10,901     11,806     12,864      3,108      3,571
  General and administrative expenses..................      3,357      3,873      4,645      1,072      1,227
  Depreciation and amortization........................      8,000      7,310      7,402      1,737      2,032
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                            22,258     22,989     24,911      5,917      6,830
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income.......................................      3,589      6,777      9,237      1,319      1,597
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Other (income) expense:
  Interest expense, including amortization of bond
   discount of $162, $1,818 and $3,982.................      6,625      9,836     12,234      2,938      3,430
  Interest expense -- amortization of deferred
   financing costs.....................................        511        464        660        149        164
  Interest expense -- accretion of dividends on
   redeemable preferred stock..........................      2,163      1,509     --         --         --
  (Gain) loss on disposal of assets and other
   expenses............................................        351        134         46         10         10
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total other expense................................      9,650     11,943     12,940      3,097      3,604
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net loss before extraordinary item.....................     (6,061)    (5,166)    (3,703)    (1,778)    (2,007)
Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt.....     (3,260)    --         --         --         --
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net loss...............................................  $  (9,321) $  (5,166) $  (3,703) $  (1,778) $  (2,007)
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Loss per common and equivalent share...................  $  (21.31) $  (11.81) $   (8.46) $   (4.06) $   (4.59)
Weighted average number of shares......................    437,500    437,500    437,500    437,500    437,500
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                        UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                                                       FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                             ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                       ---------------------------------  ---------------------
                                                          1993        1994       1995       1995        1996
                                                       ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net loss...........................................  $   (9,321) $   (5,166) $  (3,703) $  (1,778) $   (2,007)
  Depreciation and amortization......................       8,673       9,592     12,044      2,815       3,305
  Extraordinary loss.................................       3,260      --         --         --          --
  (Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment......          69          90     --         --          --
  Accretion of preferred stock dividends.............       2,163       1,509     --         --          --
  Changes in assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable and other receivables........        (728)     (1,278)      (762)      (244)        113
    Prepaid land rents, insurance and other..........        (262)       (223)      (391)      (154)       (336)
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses............         741        (156)      (317)      (339)        126
    Accrued interest.................................        (253)        140         56      1,736       1,892
    Deferred revenue.................................      --             400         68     --            (200)
    Other............................................        (220)     --              5          9          (4)
                                                       ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
      Net cash from operating activities.............       4,122       4,908      7,000      2,045       2,889
                                                       ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Gross capital expenditures.........................      (2,862)     (5,671)    (5,620)      (576)     (1,966)
  Payments for acquisitions..........................      --          (3,355)    (1,925)    (1,341)    (13,621)
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment.......         858       1,003     --         --          --
  Payment for consulting agreement...................      --          --         (1,400)    --          --
  Other payments.....................................         (32)       (160)      (124)    --             (86)
                                                       ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
      Net cash used in investing activities..........      (2,036)     (8,183)    (9,069)    (1,917)    (15,673)
                                                       ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt...........      64,037      25,408     --         --          --
  Principal payments of long-term debt...............     (64,505)       (272)      (262)       (33)        (33)
  Deferred financing costs...........................      (3,560)     (1,888)      (336)      (138)
  Net borrowings under credit agreements.............       3,950       3,040      2,671         42      12,809
  Payment of prepayment fees.........................      (1,272)     --         --         --          --
  Payment for redemption of preferred stock..........      --         (23,015)    --         --          --
  Payment for cancellation of outstanding warrants...        (750)     --         --         --          --
                                                       ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
  Net cash from (used in) financing activities.......      (2,100)      3,273      2,073       (129)     12,776
                                                       ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH......................         (14)         (2)         4         (1)         (8)
CASH, at beginning of period.........................          31          17         15         15          19
                                                       ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
CASH, at end of period...............................  $       17  $       15  $      19  $      14  $       11
                                                       ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
                                                       ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Interest paid during the period....................  $    7,701  $    7,885  $   8,196  $     276  $      401
                                                       ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
                                                       ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             COMMON
                                                            STOCK AND
                                                           ADDITIONAL     COMMON                        COMMON
                                             SHARES OF       PAID IN       STOCK      ACCUMULATED   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                           COMMON STOCK      CAPITAL     WARRANTS       DEFICIT        DEFICIT
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  -------------  --------------
<S>                                       <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
Balance at December 31, 1993............          7,649     $   1,051       --        ($   33,608)   ($    32,557)
Effect of stock split...................        429,851        --           --            --              --
Debt proceeds attributable to warrants
 issued.................................        --             --        $   2,500        --                2,500
Reclassification of redeemable common
 stock reflecting termination of
 stockholder agreement which may have
 required Universal Outdoor II Holding
 Company to purchase up to 20% of its
 outstanding Class A common stock.......        --                400       --            --                  400
Net loss................................        --             --           --             (5,166)         (5,166)
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  -------------  --------------
Balance at December 31, 1994............        437,500         1,451        2,500        (38,774)        (34,823)
Net loss................................        --             --           --             (3,703)         (3,703)
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  -------------  --------------
Balance at December 31, 1995............        437,500         1,451        2,500        (42,477)        (38,526)
Net loss (unaudited)....................        --             --           --             (2,007)         (2,007)
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  -------------  --------------
Balance at March 31, 1996 (unaudited)...        437,500     $   1,451    $   2,500    ($   44,484)   ($    40,533)
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  -------------  --------------
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  -------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 1 -- BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS:
    Universal  Outdoor, Inc., Universal Outdoor  II Holding Company (the Holding
Company), Outdoor Properties,  Inc., Midwest  Outdoor Management,  Inc. and  CBT
Development,   Inc.  were  entities  under  common  ownership  and  control.  In
connection with the Refinancing Plan (see below), (i) a wholly-owned  subsidiary
of  the Holding Company was merged with  and into Universal Outdoor, Inc., which
thereupon became  a wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the  Holding Company  and  (ii)
Universal Outdoor, Inc. (Universal) acquired all of the assets, in consideration
for  the assumption of  all of the  liabilities, of each  of Outdoor Properties,
Inc., Midwest Outdoor Management, Inc. and CBT Development, Inc. In  conjunction
with  the Refinancing Plan,  2,649 shares of  class A common  stock of Universal
were exchanged for an equal number of common shares of the Holding Company,  and
1,556  shares of  class B  common stock of  Universal were  exchanged for 48,000
shares of Series B voting preferred stock of the Holding Company.
 
    Effective November 18, 1993, Universal executed a Refinancing Plan to extend
the average  life  of  its  obligations, thereby  enhancing  its  operating  and
financial flexibility. As part of the Refinancing Plan, Universal combined, in a
single  operating entity  (Universal Outdoor,  Inc.) under  the Holding Company,
business activities previously  conducted by  separate affiliated  corporations,
repaid  certain outstanding indebtedness, issued  $65.0 million Senior Notes due
2003 of Universal and replaced its  existing bank credit facility. In  addition,
the  Refinancing Plan provided for the amendment  of the terms of the redeemable
preferred stock of the Holding Company to allow the provisions of the  indenture
governing  the  Senior Notes  due  2003 to  restrict  payments by  the operating
company to the  Holding Company until  the $65.0 million  Senior Notes due  2003
have been retired.
 
    Pursuant  to the Refinancing  Plan, Universal entered  a new credit facility
which permits borrowings of  up to $12,500 on  a revolving basis.  Additionally,
Universal  issued $65.0 million Senior Notes. With the funds obtained, Universal
(i) repaid all outstanding bank  borrowings, (ii) retired approximately  $25,000
of  senior  secured  notes (including  a  prepayment penalty  of  $1,000), (iii)
retired  approximately  $6,500  of   senior  subordinated  notes,  (iv)   repaid
approximately $3,400 of other indebtedness and (v) paid related transaction fees
and expenses, including prepayment penalties.
 
    Upon   consummation  of  the  Refinancing   Plan,  Universal  recognized  an
extraordinary loss  totaling $3,300  relating to  the write-off  of  unamortized
deferred  financing costs  and prepayment  fees associated  with long  term debt
instruments. Furthermore, the  redeemable preferred stock  ($16,900 at  November
18,  1993,  the  refinancing  date)  and a  $1,200  unsecured  term  loan became
obligations of and were recorded in  the Holding Company with the operations  of
Universal  and  all  other  assets and  liabilities  recorded  in  the operating
subsidiary, Universal. The Holding  Company's sole source of  funds will be  the
operations  of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Universal.  However the terms of the
$65.0  million  Senior  Notes  due  2003  effectively  preclude  the   operating
subsidiary from distributing cash to satisfy obligations of the Holding Company.
 
    Universal  is a  leading Midwestern  outdoor advertising  company. Universal
owns  and  operates  outdoor  advertising  display  faces  principally  in  five
geographic  markets:  Chicago,  Illinois;  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin;  Indianapolis,
Indiana; Des  Moines, Iowa;  and Evansville,  Indiana. Universal  sells  outdoor
advertising space to national, regional and local advertisers.
 
    Historically,  manufacturers  of tobacco  products,  principally cigarettes,
have been  major  users  of outdoor  advertising  displays,  including  displays
operated  by Universal.  In 1993,  1994 and  1995, tobacco  industry advertising
accounted for approximately 14.8%, 13.1% and 13.3% of Universal's net  revenues,
respectively.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 2 -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
    The  summary of significant  accounting policies is  presented to assist the
reader  in  understanding  and  evaluating  Universal's  consolidated  financial
statements.  These policies are in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied in all material respects.
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that  affect the  reported  amounts of  assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure  of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the financial
statements and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The  Holding Company's subsidiary is wholly-owned and is consolidated in the
accompanying  financial   statements.   All  material   intercompany   balances,
transactions and profits have been eliminated.
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Universal's revenues are generated from contracts with advertisers generally
covering  periods of one to twelve months. Universal recognizes revenues ratably
over the contract  term and  defers customer  prepayment of  rental fees.  Costs
incurred  for the production  of outdoor advertising  displays are recognized in
the initial month of the contract or as incurred during the contract period.
 
    PREPAID LAND RENTS
 
    Most of Universal's  outdoor advertising  structures are  located on  leased
land.  Land rents are typically paid in  advance for periods ranging from one to
twelve months. Prepaid land rents are  expensed ratably over the related  rental
term.
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property  and equipment are  stated at cost.  Depreciation is computed using
straight-line and accelerated  methods over  the estimated useful  lives of  the
assets.  Expenditures for maintenance  and repairs are  charged to operations as
incurred; major improvements are capitalized.
 
    INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
    Non-compete  agreements,  deferred  financing  and  acquisition  costs   are
amortized  over their estimated economic lives, ranging from three to ten years.
The excess of cost over fair value  of assets acquired is amortized over  twenty
years  on  a  straight-line  basis.  Universal  reviews  the  carrying  value of
intangibles and other long-lived assets for impairment when events or changes in
circumstances indicate  that  the  carrying  amount of  the  asset  may  not  be
recoverable. This review is performed by comparing estimated undiscounted future
cash flows from use of the asset to the recorded value of the asset.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    Income  tax  expense  is based  on  pre-tax income  for  financial reporting
purposes, adjusted for the effects of permanent differences between such  income
and  that reported for tax return  purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities
are recognized for  expected future  tax consequences  of temporary  differences
between  the  carrying  amounts  and  tax bases  of  the  underlying  assets and
liabilities (Note 8).
 
    PER SHARE INFORMATION
 
    Loss per  common and  equivalent share  are based  on the  weighted  average
number  of common stock and common stock equivalents outstanding during periods,
computed using the treasury stock method. Common stock equivalents represent the
potential dilutive impact of  common stock warrants. For  the three years  ended
December  31, 1995,  stock warrants  issued did  not have  a dilutive  impact on
earnings per share.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 2 -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
    The Company is contemplating a 16-for-1  stock split in connection with  its
initial  public offering discussed in the forepart of this Prospectus. The stock
split has not been reflected  in the financial statements  as there has been  no
approval by the Board of Directors.
 
    RECLASSIFICATIONS
 
    Certain  financial information in the prior  years have been reclassified to
conform to the current year presentation.
 
    INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    The interim financial information as of March 31, 1996 and 1995 and for  the
three  months then ended has been  prepared from the unaudited financial records
of the  Company and,  in the  opinion of  management, reflects  all  adjustments
necessary  for  a fair  presentation of  the financial  position and  results of
operations and of cash flows for the respective interim periods. All adjustments
were of a normal and recurring nature.
 
NOTE 3 -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
    Major classes of property and equipment consist of the following at December
31, 1994 and 1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                             --------------------
                                                                                               1994       1995
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                          <C>        <C>
Outdoor advertising structures.............................................................  $  70,869  $  76,340
Land and capitalized land lease costs......................................................      2,167      2,232
Vehicles and equipment.....................................................................      3,751      4,712
Building and leasehold improvements........................................................      3,019      3,150
Display faces under construction...........................................................        125      1,344
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                                79,931     87,778
Less accumulated depreciation..............................................................     26,280     32,432
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Net property and equipment.................................................................  $  53,651  $  55,346
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 4 -- LONG-TERM DEBT AND OTHER OBLIGATIONS:
    Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31, 1994 and 1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                 ----------------------
                                                                                   1994        1995
                                                                                 ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                              <C>        <C>
11% Senior Notes due 2003, net of discount of $902 and $839 (a)................  $  64,098  $    64,161
14% Senior Secured Discount Notes due 2004, net of discount of $24,835 and
 $20,917 (b)...................................................................     25,165       29,083
Credit facility (c)............................................................      6,990        3,286
Acquisition line (c)...........................................................     --            6,375
Unsecured promissory note (d)..................................................      1,200        1,200
Other obligations (e)..........................................................      2,274        2,315
                                                                                 ---------  -----------
                                                                                    99,727      106,420
Less current maturities of long-term debt and other obligations................         58           58
                                                                                 ---------  -----------
                                                                                 $  99,669  $   106,362
                                                                                 ---------  -----------
                                                                                 ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(a) The $65.0 million Senior Notes due 2003 have interest payable  semi-annually
    and  are subject to redemption at the option of Universal beginning in 1998.
    The $65.0 million Senior Notes due 2003
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 4 -- LONG-TERM DEBT AND OTHER OBLIGATIONS: (CONTINUED)
    also  contain  certain  restrictive   covenants  including,  among   others,
    limitations  on additional debt incurrence and restrictions on distributions
    to stockholders, except for limited payments permitted under the Indenture.
 
(b) The $50.0  million Senior Secured  Discount Notes  due 2004 do  not pay  any
    interest  prior to July  1, 1999. Commencing  July 1, 1999,  interest on the
    Notes will accrue at the  per annum rate of 14%  of the principal amount  at
    maturity  and will be  payable in cash  semi-annually on each  January 1 and
    July 1, commencing on January 1, 2000.  These notes are secured by a  pledge
    of  all the outstanding  common shares of  Universal and rank  pari passu in
    right of payment with existing  senior indebtedness of the Holding  Company.
    The  indenture governing these notes  contains certain restrictive covenants
    including, among others, limitations on Universal and the Holding Company on
    additional debt incurrence, restrictions  on distributions to  shareholders,
    the  creation of  liens, the making  of certain investments  and engaging in
    transactions with affiliates.
 
    The Holding Company will be dependent on the cash flow of Universal and  its
    subsidiary  in  order  to meet  its  debt service  obligations.  The Holding
    Company believes that it will receive distributions from Universal to enable
    it to  service  the  cash  interest  payments;  however,  there  can  be  no
    assurances  that such  distributions, if  any, will  be adequate  to satisfy
    either the  cash interest  on,  or the  payment  of such  debt.  Significant
    contractual and other restrictions exist on the payment of dividends and the
    making  of loans by Universal to the Holding Company. Consequently, all or a
    portion of the  $50.0 million  Senior Secured  Discount Notes  due 2004  may
    require  refinancing prior to the maturity  thereof. During the period prior
    to July 1,  2004, the Holding  Company does not  expect to have  significant
    short-term  cash requirements except for certain legal, accounting, printing
    and other similar costs.
 
(c) In  July 1995,  Universal's credit  agreement was  amended to  increase  the
    available  borrowings, to extend  the term of  the agreement, and  to add an
    acquisition line of credit.
 
    Pursuant to the amended revolving credit agreement that extends through  May
    2001,  Universal  has borrowing  available under  a  credit facility  and an
    acquisition line of  credit. The  credit facility permits  borrowings up  to
    $12,500  until  May  1,  2000 when  available  borrowings  under  the credit
    facility are scheduled to reduce to $10,000. The acquisition line of  credit
    permits borrowings up to $22,500. Available borrowings under the acquisition
    line are scheduled to reduce to $19,500 in 1996, $15,500 in 1997, $10,500 in
    1998 and $4,500 in 1999 and $0 in 2000.
 
    The  loans under the  credit facility and acquisition  line bear interest at
    the rate per annum equal  to the following: (i)  Prime rate plus 0.25%  when
    the aggregate principle amount outstanding under the credit facility and the
    acquisition line is $20 million or less, and (ii) Prime rate plus 0.50% when
    the  aggregate  principle amount  outstanding is  greater than  $20 million.
    Prior to the amendment, Universal paid interest on this facility at (i)  the
    Prime  rate or (ii) LIBOR plus 225 basis points. The interest rate in effect
    during 1995  ranged from  8.5% to  9.25% and  was 6%  to 8.5%  during  1994.
    Interest  on the credit facility is  payable monthly. The credit facility is
    collateralized by  a first  security interest  in all  assets of  Universal.
    Borrowings  under the  credit agreement  are subject  to certain restrictive
    covenants including, among others, a maximum ratio of total indebtedness  to
    earnings,  a  minimum  ratio  of  earnings  to  total  interest  expense and
    restrictions on  additional  debt incurrence  as  well as  distributions  to
    stockholders.  Commitment  fees  are  0.25% of  the  unused  portion  of the
    committed facility and are paid quarterly.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 4 -- LONG-TERM DEBT AND OTHER OBLIGATIONS: (CONTINUED)
(d) The unsecured term loan of the  Holding Company, which is due no later  than
    60  days following November 15,  2003, bears interest at  10% and is payable
    monthly. This loan is guaranteed by a stockholder of the Holding Company.
 
(e) Other obligations include the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           --------------------
                                                                             1994       1995
                                                                           ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
- - Secured term note due November 30, 1999 bearing interest at the prime
  rate. Interest on this note is payable monthly. This note is secured by
  a building in Addision, Illinois.......................................  $   1,200  $   1,148
- - Promissory note due December 31, 2001. Interest on this note is
  calculated annually and is equal to 14% of the cash flow (as defined)
  of Universal's subsidiary..............................................        500        500
- - Promissory note with interest, compounded annually, at 10%, due May 4,
  1999. For the first two years subsequent to May 4, 1994, interest is
  added to the principal balance. Thereafter, interest is to be paid
  monthly in arrears.....................................................        500        500
- - Other obligations......................................................         74        167
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                           $   2,274  $   2,315
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Aggregate maturities  of long-term  debt obligations  for each  of the  five
years subsequent to 1995 are $58, $54, $95, $2,712 and $4,500.
 
NOTE 5 -- PURCHASE OF PREFERRED AND COMMON STOCK:
    The  Holding Company  sold 50,000 Units  consisting of $50.0  million of 14%
Senior Secured Discount Notes due 2004 and 50,000 warrants to purchase shares of
common stock. The gross proceeds from the  sale of the Units were $25,400  which
were used by the Holding Company (i) to purchase, for approximately $18,400, all
of  the outstanding  shares of its  Series A preferred  stock (including accrued
dividends) together with  approximately 23.1%  of its  outstanding common  stock
held  by  the holder  of the  Series A  preferred stock,  (ii) to  purchase, for
approximately $4.7  million, all  of  the outstanding  shares  of its  Series  B
preferred  stock (including accrued dividends), (iii) to pay related transaction
fees and expenses and,  (iv) for working capital  purposes. In addition,  12,500
warrants  to purchase  shares of  common stock  were issued  as compensation for
services rendered in connection with the sale of the Units. The warrants,  which
are  exercisable at a  price of $.01  per share, were  assigned, based on market
conditions at the time of the sale of the Units, a value of $40 per warrant,  or
$2,500 in total.
 
NOTE 6 -- REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK:
    In  connection with  the 1993 Refinancing,  the Holding  Company amended its
Certificate of Incorporation and authorized  and issued 48,000 shares of  no-par
Series B preferred stock in exchange for the 1,556 outstanding shares of Class B
common  stock of  Universal. This preferred  stock was initially  valued at fair
market value, or $4,287. As  described in Note 5,  the Series B preferred  stock
and  the  Series  A  preferred stock  (as  described  below),  including accrued
dividends, were purchased by the Holding Company in June 1994.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 7 -- LEASE COMMITMENTS:
    Rent expense  totaled $4,100,  $4,600 and  $4,600 in  1993, 1994  and  1995,
respectively. Minimum annual rentals under the terms of noncancellable operating
leases in effect at December 31, 1995 are payable as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR                                                                        LEASES       LAND       TOTAL
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>          <C>        <C>
1996....................................................................   $     191   $   3,315  $   3,506
1997....................................................................         145       2,995      3,140
1998....................................................................          63       2,615      2,678
1999....................................................................          63       2,242      2,305
2000....................................................................          53       1,925      1,978
Thereafter..............................................................      --          13,083     13,083
                                                                               -----   ---------  ---------
                                                                           $     515   $  26,175  $  26,690
                                                                               -----   ---------  ---------
                                                                               -----   ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 8 -- INCOME TAXES:
    Universal  and the Holding Company entered into a tax sharing agreement that
became effective upon completion of the Refinancing Plan. Under the tax  sharing
agreement,  the Holding Company  filed a consolidated  federal income tax return
with Universal for the taxable year of Universal ended on December 31, 1993  and
will  continue to file consolidated returns for each taxable year thereafter for
which the  Holding  Company and  Universal  are eligible  to  file  consolidated
federal  income tax returns.  Under the tax sharing  agreement, for each taxable
year of Universal with respect to which Universal is included in a  consolidated
federal  income tax return with  the Holding Company, Universal  will pay to the
Holding Company an amount  equal to the lesser  of (i) the consolidated  federal
income  tax liability of the consolidated group  of which the Holding Company is
the common  parent  or (ii)  the  federal  income tax  liability  of  Universal,
computed  as  if  Universal had  filed  a  separate federal  income  tax return.
Accordingly, Universal has included  the tax benefits  of the Holding  Company's
net  operating  loss  carryforwards  generated  prior  to  consummation  of  the
Refinancing Plan  in its  deferred  tax computation.  Tax benefits  from  losses
generated  by  the  Holding  Company  subsequent  to  the  consummation  of  the
Refinancing Plan are not available to  Universal; however, such benefits may  be
transferred through either an intercompany transfer or a capital transaction.
 
    Since the Holding Company incurred a net operating loss in 1994 and 1995, no
provision  for income  taxes was  required. Deferred  tax assets,  determined in
accordance with FAS 109, consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     --------------------
                                                                                       1994       1995
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>
Bad debts..........................................................................  $      42  $      42
Non-deductible accrued expenses....................................................         81         53
Depreciation.......................................................................        136        523
Non-deductible interest............................................................        558      1,803
Loss carryforwards.................................................................      6,575      6,202
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
                                                                                         7,392      8,623
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
Valuation reserve..................................................................     (7,392)    (8,623)
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
Net deferred tax asset.............................................................  $  --      $  --
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 8 -- INCOME TAXES: (CONTINUED)
    For tax return  purposes, the  following companies have  net operating  loss
carryforwards at December 31, 1994 which expire between 2005-2009:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>        <C>
PRIOR TO REFINANCING PLAN:
  Universal.......................................................             $   5,808
  Holding Company.................................................                 7,172
                                                                               ---------
                                                                               $  12,980
                                                                               ---------
                                                                               ---------
SUBSEQUENT TO REFINANCING PLAN:
  Holding Company.................................................             $   2,524
                                                                               ---------
                                                                               ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Certain  restrictions  on  the  Holding  Company's  utilization  of  the net
operating losses will apply  if there has been  an "ownership change" of  either
the Holding Company, Universal, or both within the meaning of section 382 of the
Internal  Revenue Code. Upon completion of the debt offering and stock purchases
as described in  Note 5,  a limitation  was imposed  on the  net operating  loss
carryforwards  which  arose  prior to  the  Refinancing Plan  of  Universal. The
limitation, as specified in Section 382  of the Internal Revenue Code, is  based
on a percentage of the value of the Company at the time of the ownership change.
Furthermore,  the Holding Company's use of  Universal's net operating losses are
subject to limitations  applicable to corporations  filing consolidated  federal
income tax returns.
 
    In  accordance with the Internal Revenue Code regulations, the deductibility
of interest for  the $50.0  million Senior Secured  Discount Notes  due 2004  is
limited.  Net  operating  losses exclude  any  interest which  is  not currently
deductible.
 
NOTE 9 -- SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
    In May  1994,  Universal  entered  into two  asset  purchase  agreements  to
purchase,  for a net  combined purchase price  of $4,300, advertising structures
located in the Chicago and Milwaukee markets. Approximately, $3,300 of the total
purchase price was paid in  cash and $1,000 was paid  in the form of  promissory
notes  issued by Universal. Additionally, in  October 1994, Universal acquired a
building in Addison,  Illinois, for $1,500,  $1,200 of which  was funded with  a
secured  term note.  Accordingly, the Statement  of Cash Flows  does not reflect
these notes issued to acquire the advertising structures or building.
 
    In addition, in  1994, 12,500 warrants  to purchase shares  of common  stock
were issued as compensation for services rendered in connection with the sale of
the  Units (Note 5). Accordingly,  the Statement of Cash  Flows does not reflect
the $500 value assigned to the warrants as a cash outflow for deferred financing
costs.
 
    In March  1995, Universal  entered  into two  stock purchase  agreements  to
purchase,  for a net  combined purchase price  of $1,400, advertising structures
located in the Dallas market. Approximately  $1,200 of the total purchase  price
was  paid in cash  and $200 was paid  in the form of  promissory notes issued by
Universal or assumption of  debt of the  acquired Company. Additionally,  during
1995  Universal  acquired signboard  crane equipment  for  $103 under  a capital
lease. Accordingly,  the Statement  of  Cash Flows  does  not reflect  the  debt
incurred in the acquisition of the stock or the equipment.
 
NOTE 10 -- FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:
    The  Holding Company values its financial instruments as required by FAS No.
107, "Disclosures  about Fair  Values of  Financial Instruments."  The  carrying
amounts of cash and cash equivalents, short
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 10 -- FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS: (CONTINUED)
term  debt and  long-term variable  rate debt  approximate fair  value. The fair
value of long-term debt is based on market prices. The estimated fair values  of
the  Holding Company's financial instruments, for which the carrying amount does
not approximate fair value, as of December 31, 1995 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 CARRYING      AMOUNT
                                                                                   FAIR         VALUE
                                                                                -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                             <C>          <C>
Long-term debt................................................................  $   106,420  $   109,145
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 11 -- COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCIES:
    The Holding Company is subject to various legal claims, suits and complaints
in  the  normal  course  of   business.  Such  litigation  includes  claims   by
municipalities  that  certain outdoor  advertising  structures must  be removed.
While the ultimate outcome of current and future litigation cannot be  predicted
with  certainty,  management  believes, based  on  the advice  of  the Company's
counsel, the final outcome of such  litigation will not have a material  adverse
effect on the Holding Company's consolidated financial position.
 
    Pursuant to the Refinancing Plan, the Holding Company entered into a Limited
Capital  Appreciation  Rights  Agreement  with  certain  institutions  that were
previously debt holders of Universal (the "Holders"). Pursuant to the agreement,
upon the  occurrence  of a  "Triggering  Event,"  the Holding  Company  will  be
obligated  to pay  to the  Holders consideration based  on the  valuation of the
common equity of the Holding  Company, but in no event  in excess of $3,800.  As
defined by the agreement, a Triggering Event includes an initial public offering
of  common  stock  and  a  plan  of  complete  liquidation  or  dissolution. The
expiration date of the agreement is June 30, 1998, except that, with respect  to
an  initial public  offering of  common stock, the  expiration date  is June 30,
1996. As the likelihood of a triggering event occurring prior to the agreement's
expiration date  is not  probable, no  accrual, or  charge to  operations,  were
recorded at December 31, 1995.
 
NOTE 12 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:
    In  February 1996,  the Company  entered into  an agreement  to purchase all
outstanding stock of NOA Holding Company for approximately $85 million ("Naegele
Acquisition"). The Company expects fees and expenses associated with the deal to
be $5  million. As  a result  of  the proposed  stock purchase,  Universal  will
acquire  signboards  in the  Minneapolis/St.  Paul, Minnesota  and Jacksonville,
Florida markets.  The  Company expects  to  finance this  acquisition  with  $60
million in bank borrowings and $30 million in cash proceeds from the purchase of
equity  of the Holding Company by an investor group. The transaction is expected
to close in April 1996.
 
    In the  first  quarter of  1996,  the Company  also  entered into  an  asset
purchase  agreement with Adsign, Inc.  Under this agreement, Universal purchased
approximately 160 display  faces in  the Chicago  market in  exchange for  $12.5
million.  The purchase price was  paid in cash and  was financed with borrowings
against the Acquisition Line of Credit.
 
NOTE 13 -- NAEGELE AND PARAMOUNT ACQUISITIONS (UNAUDITED):
    On April 5, 1996, the Company  refinanced its existing credit facility  with
(i)  a revolving credit line  in the amount of  $12.5 million ("Revolving Credit
Facility") and (ii) an acquisition term loan and an acquisition revolving credit
line  in  the  amount   of  $75.0  million   and  $12.5  million,   respectively
("Acquisition  Credit  Facility"). No  amounts  were drawn  under  the Revolving
Credit Facility  to  finance  the  Naegele  Acquisition;  the  Revolving  Credit
Facility  is available  to Universal  Outdoor, Inc.  for working  capital needs.
Approximately  $84.5  million  was  drawn  and  used  to  finance  the   Naegele
Acquisition and refinance other
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 13 -- NAEGELE AND PARAMOUNT ACQUISITIONS (UNAUDITED): (CONTINUED)
indebtedness  under the  Acquisition Credit  Faciliy. Both  the Revolving Credit
Facility and the Acquisition Credit Facility are secured by a lien on the assets
of Universal Outdoor, Inc., a pledge of  the stock of the Company, and a  pledge
of the stock of any wholly-owned subsidiary of Universal Outdoor, Inc.
 
    In  addition, the Company  sold 186,500 shares  of Class B  common stock and
188,500 shares  of Class  C  common stock  for  approximately $30  million.  The
proceeds were used to assist in the financing of the Naegele Acquisition.
 
    In  April  1996, the  Company acquired  four painted  bulletin faces  in the
Chicago market from Paramount Outdoor, Inc. in an asset purchase transaction for
approximately $600,000.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                        UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.
                  PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              UNIVERSAL                                  PRO FORMA               AS ADJUSTED
                                               OUTDOOR    AD-SIGN, INC.     NOA    ----------------------   ----------------------
                                              HOLDINGS,     AND IMAGE     HOLDING  ACQUISITION               OFFERING
                                                INC.          MEDIA       COMPANY  ADJUSTMENTS   COMBINED   ADJUSTMENTS   COMBINED
                                              ---------   -------------   -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
<S>                                           <C>         <C>             <C>      <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>
Revenues....................................   $38,101       $3,616       $28,364  $ --          $70,081      $--         $70,081
Less -- commissions and discounts...........     3,953          249        3,516     --            7,718       --           7,718
                                              ---------   -------------   -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
                                                34,148        3,367       24,848     --           62,363       --          62,363
                                              ---------   -------------   -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
Operating expenses:
  Direct cost of revenue....................    12,864        1,286       10,285     --           24,435       --          24,435
  General and administrative................     4,645          402        5,378    (2,500)(c)     7,925       --           7,925
  Depreciation and amortization.............     7,402          640        4,341     3,260(a)     15,643       --          15,643
                                              ---------   -------------   -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
                                                24,911        2,328       20,004       760        48,003       --          48,003
                                              ---------   -------------   -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
Operating income (loss).....................     9,237        1,039        4,844      (760)       14,360       --          14,360
                                              ---------   -------------   -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
Other expense:..............................
  Interest..................................    12,894       --            2,503     3,569(b)     18,966      (4,183)      14,783
  Other.....................................        46       --             --       --               46       --              46
                                              ---------   -------------   -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
                                                12,940       --            2,503     3,569        19,012      (4,183)      14,829
                                              ---------   -------------   -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
Net income (loss)...........................   $(3,703)      $1,039       $2,341   $(4,329)      $(4,652)     $4,183      $  (469)
                                              ---------   -------------   -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
                                              ---------   -------------   -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
</TABLE>
 
     See accompanying notes to pro forma combined statements of operations.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                        UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.
                  PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                   FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                UNIVERSAL                                 PRO FORMA               AS ADJUSTED
                                                 OUTDOOR      AD-SIGN,       NOA    ----------------------   ----------------------
                                                HOLDINGS,     INC. AND     HOLDING  ACQUISITION               OFFERING
                                                  INC.      IMAGE MEDIA    COMPANY  ADJUSTMENTS   COMBINED   ADJUSTMENTS   COMBINED
                                                ---------   ------------   -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
<S>                                             <C>         <C>            <C>      <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>
Revenues......................................   $ 9,332       $  904      $6,633   $ --          $16,869      $--          $16,869
Less -- commissions and discounts.............       905           62         801     --            1,768       --           1,768
                                                ---------       -----      -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
                                                   8,427          842       5,832     --           15,101       --          15,101
                                                ---------       -----      -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
Operating expenses:
  Direct cost of revenue......................     3,571          322       2,616     --            6,509       --           6,509
  General and administrative..................     1,227          100       1,459      (676)(c)     2,110       --           2,110
  Depreciation and amortization...............     2,032          160       1,053       815(a)      4,060       --           4,060
                                                ---------       -----      -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
                                                   6,830          582       5,128       139        12,679       --          12,679
                                                ---------       -----      -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
Operating income (loss).......................     1,597          260         704      (139)        2,422       --           2,422
                                                ---------       -----      -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
Other expense:................................
  Interest....................................     3,594       --             468       863(b)      4,925      (1,051)       3,874
  Other.......................................        10       --            --       --               10       --              10
                                                ---------       -----      -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
                                                   3,604       --             468       863         4,935      (1,051)       3,884
                                                ---------       -----      -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
Net income (loss).............................   $(2,007)      $  260      $  236   $(1,002)      $(2,513)     $1,051       $(1,462)
                                                ---------       -----      -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
                                                ---------       -----      -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
</TABLE>
 
                   FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                UNIVERSAL                                 PRO FORMA               AS ADJUSTED
                                                 OUTDOOR      AD-SIGN,       NOA    ----------------------   ----------------------
                                                HOLDINGS,     INC. AND     HOLDING  ACQUISITION               OFFERING
                                                  INC.      IMAGE MEDIA    COMPANY  ADJUSTMENTS   COMBINED   ADJUSTMENTS   COMBINED
                                                ---------   ------------   -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
<S>                                             <C>         <C>            <C>      <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>
Revenues......................................   $ 8,025       $  904      $6,283   $ --          $15,212      $--          $15,212
Less -- commissions and discounts.............       789           62         790     --            1,641       --           1,641
                                                ---------       -----      -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
                                                   7,236          842       5,493     --           13,571       --          13,571
                                                ---------       -----      -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
Operating expenses:
  Direct cost of revenue......................     3,108          321       2,520     --            5,949       --           5,949
  General and administrative..................     1,072          101       1,375      (625)(c)     1,923       --           1,923
  Depreciation and amortization...............     1,737          160       1,009       815(a)      3,721       --           3,721
                                                ---------       -----      -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
                                                   5,917          582       4,904       190        11,593       --          11,593
                                                ---------       -----      -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
Operating income (loss).......................     1,319          260         589      (190)        1,978       --           1,978
                                                ---------       -----      -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
Other expense:................................
  Interest....................................     3,087       --             707       811(b)      4,605      (1,036)       3,569
  Other.......................................        10       --            --       --               10       --              10
                                                ---------       -----      -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
                                                   3,097       --             707       811         4,615      (1,036)       3,579
                                                ---------       -----      -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
Net income (loss).............................   $(1,778)      $  260      $ (118 ) $(1,001)      $(2,637)     $1,036       $(1,601)
                                                ---------       -----      -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
                                                ---------       -----      -------  -----------   --------   -----------   --------
</TABLE>
 
     See accompanying notes to pro forma combined statements of operations.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                        UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.
              NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
NOTE 1 -- BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations give effect to the
acquisition by Universal  Outdoor Holdings,  Inc. of  the capital  stock of  NOA
Holding  Company  in a  transaction to  be  accounted for  as a  purchase. These
statements are based  on the  individual statements of  operations of  Universal
Outdoor  Holdings, Inc., NOA Holding Company,  Ad-Sign, Inc. and Image Media and
combine their results of operations for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the
three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995 as if the acquisitions occurred as of
the beginning of the periods  presented. The historical statement of  operations
of  NOA Holding Company  excludes the results  of operations of  the Memphis and
Youngstown markets which were sold in November  of 1995, as well as the gain  on
the sale of those operations.
 
    No  income taxes have been reflected in the statements of operations because
(a) available net  operating loss carryforwards  of Universal Outdoor  Holdings,
Inc.  previously have been fully offset with  a valuation allowance, and (b) the
income taxes recorded by NOA Holding Company have been eliminated as they relate
principally to the gain from the sale of the Memphis and Youngstown operations.
 
NOTE 2 -- PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
 
    The pro  forma  combined statements  of  operations have  been  prepared  to
reflect  (a)  the  acquisition  of  NOA  Holding  Company  by  Universal Outdoor
Holdings, Inc.  for an  aggregate purchase  price of  $85 million  plus  related
acquisition  fees of $5 million,  (b) the financing of  such acquisition by bank
borrowings of $60 million and the issuance of $30 million of common shares to an
investor group, and (c) the  utilization of the proceeds  to the Company of  the
public  equity offering to redeem  $8.1 million in accreted  value of 14% Senior
Secured Discount Notes due 2004 and repay $35 million of 8.25% bank  borrowings.
Pro Forma adjustments have been made to reflect:
 
    (a)  Additional  annual  depreciation  of $3.9  million  resulting  from the
       increased basis  of  $45  million  and  $13.6  million  in  property  and
       equipment  acquired, based on estimated useful lives of 15 years from NOA
       Holding Company and Ad-Sign, Inc. and Image Media, respectively.
 
    (b) Annual  interest charges  of $4,950,000  on $60  million of  8.25%  bank
       borrowings  issued  in  connection with  the  acquisition,  less interest
       eliminated on NOA Holding Company debt not assumed in the acquisition and
       annual interest  charges of  $1,122,000 on  $13.6 million  of 8.25%  bank
       borrowings issued in connection with the acquisition of Ad-Sign, Inc. and
       Image Media.
 
    (c)  Elimination  of certain  duplicate  corporate expenses  of  NOA Holding
       Company, principally relating  to employee  costs and  costs relating  to
       other  corporate activities. Such expenses were eliminated by the company
       upon completion of the acquisition.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                        UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.
 
                        PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
 
                                 MARCH 31, 1996
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              UNIVERSAL                   PRO FORMA               AS ADJUSTED
                                                               OUTDOOR      NOA    -----------------------  -----------------------
                                                              HOLDINGS,   HOLDING  ACQUISITION                OFFERING
                                                                INC.      COMPANY  ADJUSTMENTS    COMBINED  ADJUSTMENTS    COMBINED
                                                              ---------   -------  ------------   --------  ------------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>      <C>            <C>       <C>            <C>
Current assets..............................................   $ 7,566    $6,830   $  --          $ 14,396  $  --          $ 14,396
Property and equipment......................................    69,266    14,421     45,000(c)     128,687     --           128,687
Other assets................................................     7,915     5,715     21,250(c)      34,880     --            34,880
                                                              ---------   -------  ------------   --------  ------------   --------
    Total assets............................................   $84,747    $26,966  $ 66,250       $177,963                 $177,963
                                                              ---------   -------  ------------   --------  ------------   --------
                                                              ---------   -------  ------------   --------  ------------   --------
Current liabilities.........................................   $ 5,032    $2,694   $              $  7,726  $              $  7,726
Long-term debt..............................................   120,248     5,163     60,000(a)     180,248   (44,576)(d)    135,672
                                                                                     (5,163)(b)
Other noncurrent liabilities................................     --          521      --               521     --               521
                                                              ---------   -------  ------------   --------  ------------   --------
    Total liabilities.......................................   125,280     8,378     54,837        188,495   (44,576)       143,919
Stockholders' equity (deficit)..............................   (40,533)   18,588     30,000(a)     (10,532)   44,576(d)      34,044
                                                                                    (18,587)(b)
                                                              ---------   -------  ------------   --------  ------------   --------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity..................   $84,747    $26,966  $ 66,250       $177,963  $  --          $177,963
                                                              ---------   -------  ------------   --------  ------------   --------
                                                              ---------   -------  ------------   --------  ------------   --------
</TABLE>
 
           See accompanying note to pro forma combined balance sheet.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                    NOTE TO PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
 
    The pro forma combined  balance sheet has been  prepared to reflect (a)  the
acquisition  of NOA Holding  Company by Universal Outdoor  Holdings, Inc. for an
aggregate purchase  price  of $85  million  plus related  acquisition  fees  and
expenses of $5 million and (b) the repayment of debt related to the financing of
the  acquisition  from  the  proceeds  of  sale  of  common  shares.  Pro  forma
adjustments have been made to reflect:
 
    (a) Bank borrowings of $60 million at  8.25% and issuance of $30 million  of
       common stock,
 
    (b)  The elimination  of the stockholders'  equity accounts and  debt of NOA
       Holding Company,
 
    (c) The recording of the net assets of NOA Holding Company at estimated fair
       value at the acquisition date, and
 
    (d) The $45.7 million estimated proceeds to Universal Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
       for common shares being sold in the Offering which is to be used to repay
       indebtedness.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
Board of Directors
NOA Holding Company
 
    We  have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of NOA Holding
Company as of May 31, 1994 and 1995, and the related consolidated statements  of
operations,  stockholders' equity and cash flows for  each of the three years in
the period ended May 31, 1995. These financial statements are the responsibility
of the Company's  management. Our  responsibility is  to express  an opinion  on
these financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our opinion, the financial statements  referred to above present fairly,
in all material  respects, the  consolidated financial position  of NOA  Holding
Company  as  of  May 31,  1994  and 1995  and  the consolidated  results  of its
operations and cash flows for  each of the three years  in the period ended  May
31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          Ernst & Young LLP
 
Minneapolis, Minnesota
July 21, 1995
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                              NOA HOLDING COMPANY
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    MAY 31,
                                                                              --------------------
                                                                                1994       1995
                                                                              ---------  ---------   MARCH 31,
                                                                                                        1996
                                                                                                    ------------
                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                     ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash......................................................................  $   1,619  $   1,630   $      906
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $346,000 in
   1994 and $338,000 in 1995................................................      4,384      4,517        3,639
  Other receivables.........................................................        256        262          126
  Inventories...............................................................        267        282          153
  Current portion of prepaid leases.........................................      1,183      1,098        1,059
  Prepaid expenses..........................................................        390        274          191
  Other assets..............................................................        150         35          210
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ------------
      Total current assets..................................................      8,249      8,098        6,284
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ------------
Long-term portion of prepaid leases.........................................        312        509          545
Property and equipment, net (Note 3)........................................     23,562     22,357       14,422
Intangibles, net (Note 4)...................................................     17,505     12,374        5,714
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ------------
      Total assets..........................................................  $  49,628  $  43,338   $   26,965
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ------------
                                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable..........................................................  $     605  $     650   $      460
  Revolving credit..........................................................        200     --           --
  Accrued interest..........................................................        598        191          393
  Other accrued expenses....................................................      1,626      1,800        1,705
  Deferred revenue..........................................................        100         66          137
  Current portion of long-term debt.........................................      6,000        608           90
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ------------
      Total current liabilities.............................................      9,129      3,315        2,785
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ------------
Long-term debt (Note 5).....................................................     29,657     30,324        4,552
Other long-term liabilities.................................................        577        480          932
                               STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (NOTES 8 AND 9)
Preferred stock, par value $.10 per share:
  Authorized shares -- 1,000
  Issued shares -- 1,000....................................................     --         --           --
Class A common stock, par value $.01 per share:
  Authorized shares -- 200,000
  Issued shares -- 81,693.70 in 1994 and 72,919.94 in 1995..................          1          1            1
Class B common stock, par value $.01 per share:
  Authorized shares -- 25,000
  Issued shares -- 13,199.82 in 1994 and 6,172.16 in 1995...................     --         --           --
Additional paid-in capital..................................................     19,524     18,857       18,857
Retained deficit............................................................     (9,260)    (9,639)        (162)
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ------------
      Total stockholders' equity............................................     10,265      9,219       18,696
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ------------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity............................  $  49,628  $  43,338   $   26,965
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                              NOA HOLDING COMPANY
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            TEN MONTHS ENDED
                                                                YEAR ENDED MAY 31              MARCH 31,
                                                         -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                           1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues...............................................  $  33,503  $  33,784  $  37,054  $  30,369  $  28,964
Less agency commissions and discounts..................      4,394      4,082      4,553      3,730      3,570
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net revenue............................................     29,109     29,702     32,501     26,639     25,394
Operating expenses:
  Production...........................................      6,876      6,466      6,472      5,416      4,697
  Real estate rental...................................      6,763      7,143      7,556      6,212      6,021
  Selling..............................................      2,364      2,773      2,545      2,108      1,803
  General and administrative...........................      4,951      5,294      5,388      4,391      3,509
  Depreciation and amortization........................      6,726      6,816      7,201      6,589      5,073
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                            27,680     28,492     29,162     24,716     21,103
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating profit.......................................      1,429      1,210      3,339      1,923      4,291
Interest...............................................      3,613      3,479      3,062      2,601      1,769
Gain on sale of assets.................................     --         --         --         --         (9,983)
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss) before income taxes..................     (2,184)    (2,269)       277       (678)    12,505
Income taxes...........................................     --         --         --         --          2,441
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss)......................................     (2,184)    (2,269)       277       (678)    10,064
Dividends on preferred stock...........................       (594)    --         --         --           (587)
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss) applicable to common shares..........  $  (2,778) $  (2,269) $     277  $    (678) $   9,477
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                              NOA HOLDING COMPANY
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          PREFERRED STOCK   CLASS A COMMON     CLASS B COMMON
                                                                STOCK              STOCK         ADDITIONAL
                                          ---------------  ----------------  ------------------   PAID-IN    RETAINED
                                          SHARES   AMOUNT   SHARES    AMOUNT   SHARES    AMOUNT   CAPITAL    DEFICIT
                                          ------   ------  ---------  -----  ----------  ------  ---------   --------
<S>                                       <C>      <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>         <C>     <C>         <C>
Balance at May 31, 1992.................  1,000    $--     81,693.70  $  1    13,199.82  $--     $19,228     $ (3,612)
  Dividends declared....................   --       --        --       --        --       --       --            (594)
  Net loss..............................   --       --        --       --        --       --       --          (2,184)
                                          ------   ------  ---------  -----  ----------  ------  ---------   --------
Balance at May 31, 1993.................  1,000     --     81,693.70     1    13,199.82   --      19,228       (6,390)
  Dividends declared....................   --       --        --       --        --       --       --            (305)
  Dividends in-kind.....................   --       --        --       --        --       --         296         (296)
  Net loss..............................   --       --        --       --        --       --       --          (2,269)
                                          ------   ------  ---------  -----  ----------  ------  ---------   --------
Balance at May 31, 1994.................  1,000     --     81,693.70     1    13,199.82   --      19,524       (9,260)
  Dividends in-kind.....................   --       --        --       --        --       --         961         (656)
  Proceeds from issuance of stock.......   --       --        --       --      3,852.63   --       --           --
  Stock redemptions relative to the sale
   of Pony Panels.......................   --       --     (7,599.32)  --     (9,754.26)  --      (1,372)       --
  Repurchases of stock..................   --       --     (1,174.44)  --     (1,126.03)  --        (270)       --
  Compensation expense on stock
   issuances............................   --       --        --       --        --       --          14        --
  Net income............................   --       --        --       --        --       --       --             277
                                          ------   ------  ---------  -----  ----------  ------  ---------   --------
Balance at May 31, 1995.................  1,000    $--     72,919.94  $  1     6,172.16  $  --   $18,857     $ (9,639)
  Net income (unaudited)................   --       --        --       --        --       --       --           9,477
                                          ------   ------  ---------  -----  ----------  ------  ---------   --------
Balance at March 31, 1996 (unaudited)...  1,000    $       72,919.94  $  1     6,172.16  $--     $18,857     $   (162)
                                          ------   ------  ---------  -----  ----------  ------  ---------   --------
                                          ------   ------  ---------  -----  ----------  ------  ---------   --------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                              NOA HOLDING COMPANY
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              TEN MONTHS ENDED
                                                                  YEAR ENDED MAY 31              MARCH 31,
                                                           -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                             1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)........................................  $  (2,184) $  (2,269) $     277  $    (678) $   9,477
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by
 operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization..........................      6,726      6,816      7,201      6,589      5,073
  Gain on sale of assets.................................     --         --         --         --         (9,983)
  Deferred tax provision.................................                                                    550
  Barter revenue resulting from purchases of equipment...       (108)    --         --         --         --
  Stock compensation expense.............................     --         --             14     --         --
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable..................................       (444)       (57)      (320)       118         (7)
    Other current and noncurrent assets..................        (36)       628         98         66       (123)
    Accounts payable.....................................        191        144         45       (108)    --
    Accrued expenses, deferred revenue and other.........          5       (477)       (59)      (231)      (452)
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities................      4,150      4,785      7,256      5,756      4,535
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditures for signs...........................       (928)    (1,459)    (1,636)    (1,146)    (1,164)
Proceeds from disposal of signs..........................        150        301         51         26        106
Other capital expenditures...............................     --           (242)      (338)      (293)      (235)
Proceeds from the sale of assets.........................     --         --            542        542     21,784
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net cash used in investing activities....................       (778)    (1,400)    (1,381)      (871)    20,491
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net borrowings from bank.................................     --            200     --         --          1,500
Dividends paid...........................................       (594)      (296)    --         --         --
Increase in preferred stock..............................     --         --         --         --            540
Principal payments of bank debt..........................     (3,100)    (3,043)    (5,157)    (4,357)   (27,700)
Payments to revise credit agreement......................     --         --           (669)      (668)    --
Principal payments on notes payable......................     --         --            (38)    --            (90)
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net cash used in financing activities....................     (3,694)    (3,139)    (5,864)    (5,025)   (25,750)
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net cash provided........................................       (322)       246         11       (140)      (724)
Cash at beginning at of period...........................      1,695      1,373      1,619      1,619      1,630
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash at end of period....................................  $   1,373  $   1,619  $   1,630  $   1,479  $     906
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Supplemental schedule of noncash operating and investing activities:
 
       The Company sold the net assets of Pony Panels on August 31, 1994 as part
       of  a stock  redemption. The  book value of  the net  assets sold totaled
       approximately $1,900,000.
 
       The  Company  incurred  long-term  obligations  of  $270,000  for   stock
       redemptions made during the year ended May 31, 1995.
 
       Purchases  of equipment resulting from barter agreements totaled $108,000
       for the year ended May 31, 1993. There were no such purchases in 1994 and
       1995.
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                              NOA HOLDING COMPANY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  MAY 31, 1995
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The  accompanying  financial  statements  consolidate  the  accounts  of NOA
Holding Company (formerly  McCarty Holding Company,  Inc.) and its  wholly-owned
subsidiary,  Naegele Outdoor Advertising  Company. All intercompany transactions
have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Advertising  revenue  is  recognized  monthly  over  the  period  in   which
advertisement  displays are posted on the advertising structures. A full month's
revenue is recognized in the first  month of posting. The direct costs  incurred
to  produce  the  related  advertisements  are  expensed  as  incurred. Payments
received in advance of billings are recorded as deferred revenue.
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and  equipment  are  carried  at  cost.  Maintenance,  repairs  and
renewals,  which  neither  materially add  to  the  value of  the  property, nor
appreciably prolong its life, are charged to expense as incurred.
 
    Depreciation of property and equipment is provided on declining balance  and
straight-line methods over useful lives of 3 to 25 years.
 
    INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
    Intangibles assets are carried and are amortized on the straight-line method
over  useful lives of  5 to 40  years. Goodwill represents  the cost of acquired
businesses in excess of  amounts assigned to tangible  and intangible assets  at
the date of acquisition.
 
    INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories  consist principally of supplies and are stated at lower of cost
or market as determined on a first-in, first-out basis.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    Income  taxes  are  computed  in  accordance  with  Statement  of  Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes".
 
    BARTER TRANSACTIONS
 
    The  Company occasionally enters into  agreements to trade advertising space
for goods or services.  Prior to December  8, 1992, the  Company did not  record
such  arrangements as revenue unless the  items bartered for were capital items.
The impact on revenues and expense of barter transactions not recorded in fiscal
1993 was $164,000.
 
    RECLASSIFICATION
 
    Certain amounts previously reported in 1993 and 1994 have been  reclassified
to conform to the 1995 presentation.
 
    INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    The  interim financial information as of March 31, 1996 and 1995 and for the
ten months then ended has been prepared from the unaudited financial records  of
the  Company  and,  in  the  opinion  of  management,  reflects  all adjustments
necessary for  a fair  presentation of  the financial  position and  results  of
operations and of cash flows for the respective interim periods. All adjustments
were of a normal and recurring nature.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                              NOA HOLDING COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                  MAY 31, 1995
 
2.  ACQUISITIONS
    Effective   January  19,  1994,  the   Company  purchased  Atlantic  Outdoor
Advertising, Inc.  for  $1  million.  The acquisition  was  recorded  using  the
purchase method of accounting for business combinations.
 
3.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
    Property and equipment consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           ESTIMATED
                                                                     1994       1995      USEFUL LIFE
                                                                   ---------  ---------  -------------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
Land.............................................................  $   1,235  $   1,294       --
Advertising structures...........................................     24,825     25,256       20 years
Buildings........................................................        491        491    10-25 years
Machinery and equipment..........................................      1,180      1,201        6 years
Office furniture and equipment...................................      1,896      1,865     5-10 years
Automobiles and trucks...........................................      1,045      1,124        5 years
Other............................................................        384        370     3-10 years
                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                      31,056     31,601
Less accumulated depreciation....................................      7,494      9,244
                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                   $  23,562  $  22,357
                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
4.  INTANGIBLES
    The intangibles consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             ESTIMATED
                                                                        1994       1995     USEFUL LIFE
                                                                      ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>
Advertising site leases.............................................  $  22,760  $  21,762     7 years
Covenant not to compete.............................................      3,118      3,129     5 years
Goodwill............................................................      2,159      2,030    40 years
Loan costs..........................................................      2,028      2,697     6 years
Organization costs..................................................        506        503     5 years
                                                                      ---------  ---------
                                                                         30,571     30,121
Less accumulated amortization.......................................     13,066     17,747
                                                                      ---------  ---------
                                                                      $  17,505  $  12,374
                                                                      ---------  ---------
                                                                      ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The  advertising site leases and covenant not  to compete were recorded as a
result of an acquisition  in May 1991. Their  cost represents management's  best
estimate  of the fair value at the date of acquisition. The loan costs represent
fees paid to obtain a bank term loan and line of credit in 1991 and to refinance
the term loan and  line of credit  in August 1994. In  connection with the  loan
refinancing,  the Company wrote-off approximately $1 million of unamortized loan
costs. The  organization  costs are  management's  estimate of  the  portion  of
various fees paid which are allocable to this asset.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                              NOA HOLDING COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                  MAY 31, 1995
 
5.  DEBT
    Long-term debt consists of the following at May 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1994       1995
                                                                         ---------  ---------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>
Revolving Credit Commitment under the Amended and Restated Credit
 Agreement dated August 31, 1994.......................................  $      --  $  30,700
Term loans under the Credit Agreement dated as of May 22, 1991.........     35,657     --
Revolving Credit Loan under the Credit Agreement dated as of May 22,
 1991..................................................................        200     --
Subordinated note payable, annual installments of $52 through July
 1997, plus quarterly interest payments at prime.......................         --        157
Subordinated notes payable, annual installments of $38 through March
 1997, plus quarterly interest payments at prime.......................         --         75
                                                                         ---------  ---------
                                                                            35,857     30,932
Less current portion...................................................      6,200        608
                                                                         ---------  ---------
                                                                         $  29,657  $  30,324
                                                                         ---------  ---------
                                                                         ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The  Company amended  and restated its  bank Credit Agreement  on August 31,
1994 and established a Revolving Credit  Commitment of up to $38,000,000 and  an
Acquisition  Loan  Commitment of  up  to $5,000,000.  Both  commitments decrease
quarterly each fiscal  year and terminate  on February 28,  2001. The  available
Revolving  Credit Commitment at May 31, 1995  was $32,800,000. At year end there
were no borrowings against the  $5,000,000 Acquisition Loan Commitment. As  part
of  the Agreement, interest on the first $20,000,000 of debt is payable under an
Interest Rate Protect Plan ("IPP"). The IPP  provides for a fixed rate of  6.28%
plus  applicable margin (2.5% at  May 31, 1995) for a  period of three years and
began August 5, 1994. The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also enables the
Company to borrow the remainder of the debt  at a rate equal to either the  Loan
Interbank  Offered Rate (LIBOR)  plus 3.0% or  at the Lending  Agent's base rate
plus 1.75%.  In addition,  the  Company can  realize  lower borrowing  rates  if
certain  financial results are achieved.  At May 31, 1995,  the interest rate in
effect was LIBOR plus 2.5%.
 
    The Company is obligated to pay loan  commitment fees to the banks equal  to
one-half of 1% of the average daily unused portion of the commitments.
 
    The  bank has issued a  letter of credit to  the Company's insurance carrier
totaling $323,000 at the end of fiscal 1994 and 1995.
 
    All common shares of  the Company are pledged  as collateral for the  Credit
Agreement;   accordingly,  substantially   all  of  the   Company's  assets  are
effectively pledged as collateral.
 
    The Credit  Agreement  contains  certain  restrictive  covenants  which  the
Company  must comply with on a continuing basis. The Company is restricted as to
borrowings, dividend payments, acquisitions, stock repurchases, sales of  assets
and capital expenditures.
 
    During  fiscal  1995,  the  Company entered  into  certain  stock redemption
agreements to repurchase 1,174.44  shares of Class A  Common Stock and  1,126.03
shares  of Class B Common  Stock. As part of  the agreements, the Company issued
subordinated promissory notes totaling approximately $270,000.
 
    Total interest paid on  all debt was  $3,849,000, $3,528,000 and  $3,468,000
for fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                              NOA HOLDING COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                  MAY 31, 1995
 
5.  DEBT (CONTINUED)
    Aggregate  annual maturities of  long-term debt during  the five-year period
ending May 31, 2000 are (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
Year ending May 31:
  1996.............................................................  $     608
  1997.............................................................      4,365
  1998.............................................................      6,227
  1999.............................................................      7,600
  2000.............................................................      7,600
</TABLE>
 
6.  INCOME TAXES
    At May  31, 1995,  the  Company had  net  operating loss  carryforwards  for
federal  income tax purposes of  approximately $8.0 million. These carryforwards
expire between  May 31,  2006 and  2010.  During the  current fiscal  year,  the
Company  utilized approximately $625,000 of  net operating loss carryforwards to
offset current year taxable income.
 
    Components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1994       1995
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Loss carryforward......................................................  $   3,403  $   3,145
  Accrued expenses.......................................................        249        207
  Loan cost amortization.................................................         --        343
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                               3,652      3,695
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Depreciation...........................................................        857      1,090
  Bad debt allowance.....................................................         33         36
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                                 890      1,126
                                                                           ---------  ---------
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance.......................      2,762      2,569
Less valuation allowance.................................................      2,762      2,569
                                                                           ---------  ---------
Net deferred tax assets..................................................  $      --  $      --
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
7.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
    The  Company  has  a  voluntary  defined  contribution  401(k)  savings  and
retirement  plan for  the benefit of  its nonunion employees  who may contribute
from 3%  to  10%  of  their  compensation. The  Company  has  no  obligation  to
contribute to the plan and made no contribution for fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995.
 
8.  REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
    The  preferred stock is redeemable, subject  to certain restrictions, by the
Company at a price equal  to its value as  carried on the financial  statements.
The  Company also has the right to convert the preferred stock to debt at a rate
of $1,000 principal of debt to $1,000 liquidation value of the preferred  stock.
The  liquidation value of each of share  of preferred stock is $7,699 and $8,660
at May  31, 1994  and 1995,  respectively.  After May  22, 2001,  the  preferred
shareholders have the right to control the Board of Directors for the purpose of
selling the Company.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                              NOA HOLDING COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                  MAY 31, 1995
 
8.  REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK (CONTINUED)
    Subject  to certain bank restrictions, dividends on the preferred shares are
payable semi-annually at the rate of 8% either in cash or in-kind payments which
increase the liquidation value of the preferred stock. Should operating  profits
exceed  certain targets, the dividend rate increases to 12%. The minimum targets
for fiscal 1996 are $9,259 for each six month period.
 
9.  COMMON STOCK AND WARRANT
    The Class B common  stock is entirely owned  by key employees and  officers.
The  ownership vests  over a period  of five  years. In the  event of  a sale or
liquidation of the Company, the Class A common stock has a 10% return preference
over the Class B common stock.
 
    During fiscal 1995, the  Company implemented a stock  purchase plan for  its
key  employees. Under  the plan, 4,253  shares of  Class B common  stock will be
granted to the employees at a purchase price of $.10 per share. The shares  will
vest over a five year period. Approximately 3,853 shares had been granted by May
31, 1995.
 
    Additionally,  a warrant to purchase 5,000 shares of Class A common stock at
$144.75 per share was outstanding at May 31, 1994 and 1995. The warrant  expires
on May 22, 2006 and has no voting rights.
 
10. SALES OF PONY PANELS
    Only  July 22, 1994, the Company entered  into an agreement with The McCarty
Company ("McCarty") under which McCarty acquired  all of the assets of the  Pony
Panels  division (excluding cash)  in exchange for  McCarty's assumption of Pony
Panel's liabilities, delivery  of 7,599.32 shares  of Class A  Common Stock  and
9,754.26  shares of Class B Common Stock of NOA Holding Company, and cash in the
amount of $542.
 
11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    The City of Jacksonville, Florida has  enacted a number of ordinances  which
would  require  the  removal of  outdoor  advertising structures  which  are not
located on  federal  aid  primary and/or  interstate  highways.  Management  has
vigorously  contested the validity of these  ordinances for the last four years.
In March 1995, the  Company reached a settlement  with the City of  Jacksonville
and  Capsigns, Inc. and has agreed to  remove 711 billboards faces over a period
of 20 years.
 
    The Company is also involved in litigation with various other municipalities
and regulatory agencies as the result of condemnation proceedings and  licensing
and  permit renewal disputes,  which could result in  the removal of advertising
structures.
 
    Management believes, based  upon the information  currently available,  that
the  settlement with the City of Jacksonville and Capsigns, Inc., along with the
outcomes of  the various  actions  described above,  will  not have  a  material
adverse  effect on the consolidated financial condition or results of operations
of the Company.
 
    During  fiscal  1995,  the  Company  became  a  party  to  certain  material
litigation.  The action alleges that a former billposting employee, while in the
process of posting  a billboard,  fell to the  ground (because  the platform  on
which  he was working gave way) and suffered significant injuries. It is alleged
that these injuries have precluded him from seeking any gainful employment. This
matter involves  a  significant  level issue  concerning  the  exclusive  remedy
provision of workers' compensation law in Minnesota. Minnesota law provides that
an  employer  providing  workers'  compensation  benefits  is  immune  from tort
liability. It is  the Company's  contention that, because  the Company  provided
workers'  compensation benefits to the former  employee, the Company is entitled
to tort immunity.
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                              NOA HOLDING COMPANY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                  MAY 31, 1995
 
11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
    The Plaintiff disputes the  Company's interpretation of  the law and  argues
that  the tort suit can go forward. This  matter was argued before a trial judge
on February 28,  1995, who ruled  in favor of  the Plaintiff. An  appeal to  the
Minnesota Court of Appeals is currently pending.
 
    The  Plaintiff has also made a demand of approximately $4.9 million for lost
wages and pain and  suffering. An attempt  to amend this  complaint and state  a
claim  for punitive damages has  also been made. The Court  has not yet acted on
the amendment.
 
    At this time it is  not possible to estimate  the probable outcome of  these
actions  and, accordingly,  the Company  has not  established a  reserve for the
outcome of this litigation.
 
    The Company leases the facility in Minneapolis from the Company's  preferred
stockholder  with annual rents of $480,000,  exclusive of operating costs, which
commenced May of 1993 and continues through May of 2001.
 
    The Company  is  required to  make  the following  minimum  operating  lease
payments  for equipment and facilities  under noncancelable lease agreements (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
Year ending May 31:
  1996.............................................................  $     552
  1997.............................................................        552
  1998.............................................................        552
  1999.............................................................        557
  2000.............................................................        557
  Thereafter.......................................................        704
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     $   3,474
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Rent expense for operating leases for the years ended May 31, 1993, 1994 and
1995 totaled $6,950,000, $6,837,000 and $7,268,000, respectively.
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors of
Universal Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
 
    We  have audited the accompanying statement  of revenues and direct expenses
of Ad-Sign  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  1995.  This  statement  is  the
responsibility  of the company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on this statement based on our audit.
 
    We conducted  our  audit  in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the statement of revenues and direct expenses
is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test  basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the statement of revenues and
expenses.  An audit also  includes assessing the  accounting principles used and
significant estimates  made by  management, as  well as  evaluating the  overall
financial   statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the statement of revenues and direct expenses audited by  us
presents  fairly, in all material respects,  the revenues and direct expenses of
Ad-Sign for  the year  ended December  31, 1995,  in conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
 
June 14, 1996
Chicago, Illinois
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                                    AD-SIGN
                   STATEMENT OF REVENUES AND DIRECT EXPENSES
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
Gross revenues.....................................................  $   2,804
Less agency commissions............................................        224
                                                                     ---------
  Net revenues.....................................................      2,580
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
 
Direct expenses:
  Direct advertising expenses......................................        338
  General and administrative expenses..............................        402
  Depreciation and amortization....................................        454
                                                                     ---------
                                                                         1,194
                                                                     ---------
Operating income...................................................  $   1,386
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
 
    See accompanying notes to the statement of revenues and direct expenses.
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                                    AD-SIGN
             NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF REVENUES AND DIRECT EXPENSES
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
NOTE 1 -- BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS:
 
    The  Statement of Revenues  and Direct Expenses for  the year ended December
31, 1995 presents revenues from contracts for the 160 advertising display  faces
acquired  from Ad-Sign, Inc. by Universal  Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (Universal) in
the first quarter of 1996. This financial statement excludes operating  expenses
which  are not  directly related to  the assets acquired  by Universal. Although
Universal only acquired certain assets of Ad-Sign, Inc., this acquisition  meets
the  criteria for a "business acquired"  in accordance with Regulation S-X, Rule
3-05 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
    Ad-Sign is an outdoor  advertising company which  owns and operates  outdoor
advertising  display  faces  principally  in  Chicago,  Illinois.  Ad-Sign sells
outdoor advertising space to national, regional and local advertisers.
 
NOTE 2 -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
    The preparation  of  the  statement  of  revenues  and  direct  expenses  in
conformity  with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues  and
expenses  during the  reported period.  Actual results  could differ  from those
estimates. The significant accounting policies used in the preparation of  these
financial statements are as follows.
 
REVENUES AND DIRECT EXPENSES
 
    Advertising revenues are generated from contracts with advertisers generally
covering  periods of one  to twelve months.  Ad-Sign recognizes revenues ratably
over the contract term and defers customer prepayment of advertising fees. Costs
incurred for the production  of outdoor advertising  displays are recognized  in
the initial month of the contract or as incurred during the contract period.
 
PREPAID LAND RENTS
 
    Most of Ad-Sign's outdoor advertising structures are located on leased land.
Land  rents are typically paid in advance for periods ranging from one to twelve
months. Prepaid land rents are expenses ratably over the related rental term.
 
NOTE 3 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENT:
 
    In the first quarter of 1996,  Ad-Sign, Inc. entered into an asset  purchase
agreement  with Universal Outdoor Holdings, Inc. Under this agreement, Universal
purchased 160 advertising display faces in the Chicago market for $12.5 million.
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO
GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION  OR TO  MAKE  ANY  REPRESENTATION NOT  CONTAINED  IN THIS
PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE
RELIED UPON AS HAVING  BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE  COMPANY OR ANY UNDERWRITER.  THIS
PROSPECTUS  DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO  SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF ANY OFFER
TO BUY ANY OF THE  SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY TO ANY  PERSON OR BY ANYONE IN  ANY
JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER
THE  DELIVERY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS NOR ANY  SALE MADE HEREUNDER  SHALL, UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT  THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN  IS
CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                                 --------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................           3
Risk Factors...................................           7
Use of Proceeds................................          10
Dividend Policy................................          11
Capitalization.................................          12
Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating
 Data..........................................          13
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations....................................          15
Business.......................................          22
Management.....................................          34
Certain Transactions...........................          38
Principal Stockholders.........................          40
Description of Noteholder Warrants.............          42
Description of Capital Stock...................          45
Shares Eligible for Future Sale................          48
Description of Indebtedness and Other
 Commitments...................................          49
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences........          53
Selling Securityholders and Plan of
 Distribution..................................          55
Legal Matters..................................          56
Experts........................................          56
Available Information..........................          56
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.....         F-1
</TABLE>
 
                                     62,500
                              WARRANTS TO PURCHASE
                                  COMMON STOCK
                                1,000,000 SHARES
                                OF COMMON STOCK
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                               UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR
                                 HOLDINGS, INC.
 
                                  ------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                  ------------
 
                                            , 1996
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    The  following table sets forth the  various expenses in connection with the
offering described  in  this  Registration  Statement.  All  amounts  shown  are
estimates, except the SEC registration fee.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee...............  $     790
Printing and Engraving Expenses...................................     10,000
Legal Fees and Expenses...........................................     30,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses......................................     20,000
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses........................................      5,000
Exchange Agent Fees and Expenses..................................     10,000
Miscellaneous.....................................................     15,000
                                                                    ---------
  Total...........................................................  $  90,790
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    Section  145 of  the Delaware General  Corporation Law  ("Delaware Law") and
Article XI  of  the  Registrant's  Bylaws provide  for  indemnification  of  the
Registrant's  directors and officers to the  maximum extent provided by Delaware
Law, which may include liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
    As permitted  by Section  102(b) of  the Delaware  Law, the  Certificate  of
Incorporation  provides that  directors of  the Company  shall have  no personal
liability to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach  of
fiduciary  duty as a director, except (i) for any breach of a director's duty of
loyalty to the Company or  its stockholders, (ii) for  acts or omissions not  in
good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or knowing violations of law,
(iii)  under Section 174 of  the Delaware Law, or  (iv) for any transaction from
which a director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
    The Company does not maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
    Since January 1, 1993, the Company has issued the following securities which
were not registered under the Securities Act:
 
    The 1996 Warrant Plan was adopted by  the Board of Directors of the  Company
in  April 1996  in order to  advance the  interests of the  Company by affording
certain key executives  and employees  an opportunity to  acquire a  proprietary
interest  in the  Company and thus  to stimulate increased  personal interest in
such persons in the success and future growth of the Company. Upon  consummation
of the Offering, the 1996 Warrant Plan shall be administered by the Compensation
Committee of the Company. Pursuant to the 1996 Warrant Plan, Daniel L. Simon and
Brian  T. Clingen were  awarded warrants in  April 1996 which  have been divided
into three series: the Series I Warrants, the Series II Warrants and the  Series
III  Warrants. In June 1996,  the 1996 Warrant Plan  was amended to, among other
things (i) cancel certain Series I  Warrants, Series II Warrants and Series  III
Warrants awarded to Daniel L. Simon and Brian T. Clingen and award a like amount
of  Series I Warrants to  Paul G. Simon; (ii)  adjust the warrant exercise price
for the Series II Warrants and the Series III Warrants from $5.00 per share  (as
adjusted  to reflect the 16 for 1 stock split)  to (X) in the case of the Series
II Warrants,  the Closing  Price  for the  day  immediately preceding  any  such
exercise  minus $.01, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if  at any time the average of the
Closing Price for any 30  consecutive trading days is  equal to or greater  than
$16.25  AND the Closing Price for the last day of such thirty day trading period
is equal  to or  greater than  $16.25,  then the  warrant exercise  price  shall
thereafter  be $5.00, and  (Y) in the  case of Series  III Warrants, the Closing
Price for the day immediately preceding any such exercise minus $.01,  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,  that  if at  any time  the average  of  the Closing  Price for  any 30
consecutive trading days  is equal  to or greater  than $20.00  AND the  Closing
Price  for the last day of such thirty day trading period is equal to or greater
than $20.00, then  the warrant  exercise price  shall thereafter  be $5.00;  and
(iii)    making    each   class    of    Warrants   fully    exercisable.   Upon
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
consummation of the Offering, the Series I Warrants will be fully exercisable at
a warrant exercise  price of  $5.00 per  share. The  Warrants may  not be  sold,
assigned,  transferred, exchanged or otherwise disposed of except to spouses and
beneficiaries of the holders  of such Warrants. A  total of 2,470,608 shares  of
Common  Stock have  been reserved for  issuance pursuant to  the Warrants issued
under the  1996  Warrant  Plan.  Upon  consummation  of  the  Offering  and  the
transaction  contemplated  in connection  therewith, Daniel  L. Simon  will hold
595,000 Series I  Warrants, 700,000 Series  II Warrants and  700,000 Series  III
Warrants;  Brian L. Clingen will hold  105,006 Series I Warrants, 123,536 Series
II Warrants and 123,536 Series III Warrants; and Paul G. Simon will hold 123,530
Series I Warrants. The Company  will recognize a one-time non-cash  compensation
charge  of approximately  $9 million in  the quarter  to be ended  June 30, 1996
relating to  the issuance  of the  Warrants  under the  1996 Warrant  Plan.  See
"Management -- The 1996 Warrant Plan and "Executive Compensation."
 
    On  April  5, 1996,  the  Company issued  to  KIA V  and  KEP V  and certain
individuals designated by KIA V and KEP V 186,500 shares of Class B Common Stock
and 188,500 shares of  Class C Common  Stock in exchange  for $30 million.  Such
Class  B Common Stock and  Class C Common Stock  was reclassified into 6,000,000
shares of Common Stock and 2,500,000 is now being sold in the Offering.
 
    On June 30, 1994, the Company issued and sold to Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. as
the Initial  Purchaser  (the "Initial  Purchaser")  50,000 Units  consisting  of
$50,000,000 principal amount at maturity of 14% Series A Senior Secured Discount
Notes  due 2004 (the "Old Notes") and 50,000 Noteholder Warrants (sold with a 4%
discount to the Initial  Purchaser, along with compensation  to Bear, Stearns  &
Co.  Inc., in its  individual capacity and  not as Initial  Purchaser, of 12,500
Noteholder Warrants)  for an  aggregate offering  price of  approximately  $25.4
million.  Each Unit consisted of $1,000 principal  amount at maturity of the Old
Notes and one Noteholder Warrant, and the Old Notes and Noteholder Warrants were
immediately detachable and separately  transferable, subject to compliance  with
applicable federal and state securities laws. This sale to the Initial Purchaser
was  exempt from registration as an  exempt private placement under Section 4(2)
of the Securities Act.  On December 9, 1994,  in a transaction registered  under
the  Securities  Act,  the  Registrant issued  $50,000,000  principal  amount at
maturity of its 14% Senior Secured Discount  Notes due 2004 in exchange for  all
of the issued and outstanding Old Notes.
 
    On  November  18, 1993,  pursuant to  a  Contribution Agreement  between the
Company and all of the then shareholders of  UOI, (i) the holders of all of  the
common  shares of UOI exchanged such shares on a one-for-one basis for shares of
Common Stock of the Company  and (ii) the holders of  all of the Class B  common
shares  of UOI exchanged such shares for an aggregate of 48,000 shares of Series
B Preferred Stock,  no par value,  of the Company.  These exchanges were  exempt
from  registration  as either  not  involving any  "sale"  or as  exempt private
placements under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
    On November 18, 1993, the Company entered into the Option Exchange Agreement
with UOI and  WHS, pursuant to  which the Company  granted to WHS  an option  to
purchase  0.52% of the issued and outstanding  capital stock of the Company at a
purchase price of $130,000.  The option is exercisable  by WHS upon the  Company
entering into a definitive agreement to issue shares of capital stock through an
underwritten  public offering. Subsequent  to the execution  of the underwriting
agreement, the Company expects WHS shall exercise his option in full and receive
67,600 shares of Common Stock of the Company.
 
    On November  18, 1993,  the Company  entered into  the Capital  Appreciation
Right  Agreement with Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, Cigna Property
and Casualty  Insurance Company,  Life Insurance  Company of  North America  and
Aetna Life Insurance Company, pursuant to which the Company granted such parties
limited  capital  appreciation rights  in the  capital stock  of the  Company in
exchange for a  waiver of  the prepayment penalty  in connection  with the  1993
refinancing. Such capital appreciation rights are triggered by the occurrence of
any of the following: (i) liquidation or dissolution of the Company or UOI, (ii)
sale  of all or substantially all of the issued and outstanding shares of common
stock or assets of the Company, (iii) the merger or consolidation of the Company
or UOI, subject to
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
certain exceptions or  (iv) an initial  public offering of  common stock of  the
Company  or UOI prior to  June 30, 1996. The  maximum amount payable pursuant to
the agreement is $3.8 million and is required to be paid no later than one  year
following the triggering event. The agreement expires June 30, 1998.
 
    In  each case, exemption  from registration was claimed  on the grounds that
the issuance of such securities did  not involve any public offering within  the
meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
    (a) Exhibits.
 
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>
     2.1*  Plan and Agreement of Merger, dated November 18, 1993, between the Company and
            UOI (filed as Exhibit 2 to UOI's Registration Statement on Form S-1
            (Commission File No. 33-72710) and incorporated herein by reference)
 
     2.2   Stock Purchase Agreement ("Stock Purchase Agreement") between Wind Point
            Partners II, L.P., Marquette Venture Partners, L.P., Chemical Equity
            Associates, a California Limited Partnership, Banc One Venture Corporation and
            Management Shareholders and UOI relating to the capital stock of NOA Holding
            Company dated February 27, 1996 (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Current
            Report on Form 8-K dated April 5, 1996 (File No. 33-82582) (the "Company 8-K")
            and incorporated herein by reference)
 
     2.3   Amendment No. 1 to Stock Purchase Agreement (filed as Exhibit 2.2 to the
            Company 8-K and incorporated herein by reference)
 
    3.1**  Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
 
    3.2**  Form of Second Amended and Restated Bylaws
 
    4.1**  Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Company
 
     4.2*  Indenture (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Form S-1 Registration
            Statement (File No. 33-82582) and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
     4.3   Indenture of Trust between United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee,
            and UOI dated as of November 15, 1993 relating to the UOI Notes (filed as
            Exhibit 4(b) to UOI's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-72710)
            and incorporated herein by reference)
 
     4.4*  Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 23, 1994, between the Company and Bear,
            Stearns & Co. Inc. (the "Initial Purchaser") relating to the Company's 14%
            Series A Senior Secured Discount Notes due 2004 (the "Old Notes") and
            Noteholder Warrants to purchase Common Stock (filed as Exhibit 4(a) to the
            Company's Registration Statement) on Form S-1 (File No. 33-82582) and
            incorporated herein by reference)
 
     4.5*  Form of 14% Senior Secured Discount Notes due 2004 (filed as Exhibit 4(b) to
            the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-82582) and
            incorporated herein by reference)
 
     4.6*  Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 23, 1994, between
            the Company and the Initial Purchaser (filed as Exhibit 4(d) to the Company's
            Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-82582) and incorporated herein
            by reference)
 
     4.7*  Warrant Agreement between the Registrant and United States Trust Company of New
            York, as warrant agent, dated June 30, 1994 relating to the Noteholder
            Warrants
 
     5.1*  Opinion of Sidley & Austin
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>
    9.1**  Voting Trust Agreement dated December 20, 1995 among the Company, Daniel L.
            Simon and Brian T. Clingen
 
    9.2**  Voting Trust Agreement dated July   , 1996 among the Company, Daniel L. Simon
            and Paul G. Simon
 
    9.3**  Voting Trust Agreement dated July   , 1996 among the Company, Daniel L. Simon
            and Lawrence Simon
 
    9.4**  Voting Trust Agreement dated July   , 1996 among the Company, Daniel L. Simon
            and WHS
 
    10.1   Revolving Credit Agreement ("the Revolving Credit Agreement") entered into
            among the Registrant, the various lending institutions from time to time
            parties thereto, LaSalle National Bank, as Co-Agent and Bankers Trust Company,
            as Agent (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company 8-K and incorporated herein by
            reference.)
 
    10.2   Acquisition Credit Agreement ("the Acquisition Credit Agreement") entered into
            among the Registrant, the various lending institutions from time to time
            parties thereto, LaSalle National Bank, as Co-Agent and Bankers Trust Company,
            as Agent (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company 8-K and incorporated herein by
            reference).
 
   10.3**  1996 Warrant Plan of the Company
 
    10.4*  Agreement Regarding Tax Liabilities and Payments dated as of November 18, 1993
            by and between UOI and the Company (filed as Exhibit 10(f) to UOI's Form S-1
            Registration Statement (File No. 33-72710) and incorporated herein by
            reference)
 
   10.5**  Capital Appreciation Right Agreement among the Company, Connecticut General
            Life Insurance Company, Cigna Property and Casualty Insurance Company, Life
            Insurance Company of North America and Aetna Life Insurance Company dated
            November 18, 1993
 
   10.6**  Option Exchange Agreement among the Company, UOI and WHS dated November 18,
            1993
 
    10.7*  Amendment to Option Exchange Agreement among the Company, UOI, Daniel L. Simon,
            Brian T. Clingen and WHS dated as of July   , 1996
 
    10.8*  Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of July   , 1996
 
    10.9*  Amendment to Acquisition Credit Agreement as of July   , 1996
 
   21.1**  Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 
    23.1   Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP
 
    23.2   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
 
    23.3*  Consent of Sidley & Austin (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
 
    24.1   Powers of Attorney (included on Signature Page)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
*   Previously filed.
 
**  To be filed by amendment.
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
    (a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
        Insofar  as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
    Act may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling persons of  the
    Company pursuant to Item 14 above, or otherwise,
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
    the  Company has been advised  that, in the opinion  of the Commission, such
    indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities  Act
    and   is,  therefore,  unenforceable.   In  the  event   that  a  claim  for
    indemnification against  such liabilities  (other than  the payment  by  the
    Company  of expenses incurred or paid  by a director, officer or controlling
    person of  the Company  in the  successful defense  of any  action, suit  or
    proceeding)  is asserted by such director,  officer or controlling person in
    connection with the securities being registered, the Company will, unless in
    the opinion  of its  counsel  the matter  has  been settled  by  controlling
    precedent,  submit  to  a  court of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the question
    whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed  in
    the  Securities Act and will  be governed by the  final adjudication of such
    issue.
 
    (b) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
    (1) To file during  any period in  which offers or sales  are being made,  a
post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
        (i)  To  include  any prospectus  required  by Section  10(a)(3)  of the
    Securities Act of 1933;
 
        (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after  the
    effective   date  of  the   registration  statement  (or   the  most  recent
    post-effective amendment thereof) which,  individually or in the  aggregate,
    represent  a  fundamental  change  in  the  information  set  forth  in  the
    registration statement.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any  increase  or
    decrease  in  volume of  securities offered  (if the  total dollar  value of
    securities offered  would not  exceed  that which  was registered)  and  any
    deviation  from the low or high end  of the estimated maximum offering range
    may be  reflected  in the  form  of  prospectus filed  with  the  Commission
    pursuant  to Rule  424(b) if,  in the aggregate,  the changes  in volume and
    price represent no more  than a 20 percent  change in the maximum  aggregate
    offering  price set forth in the  "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in
    the effective registration statement;
 
       (iii) To include  any material information  with respect to  the plan  of
    distribution  not previously disclosed in  the registration statement or any
    material change to such information in the registration statement;
 
    PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that paragraphs  (1)(i) and (1)(ii) do  not apply if  the
registration  statement is on Form S-3, Form S-8 or Form P-3 and the information
required to be  included in a  post-effective amendment by  these paragraphs  is
contained  in periodic reports filed with or  furnished to the Commission by the
registrant pursuant to Section  13 or Section 15(d)  of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1933 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement.
 
    (2)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
Act of 1933,  each such post-effective  amendment shall  be deemed to  be a  new
registration  statement  relating to  the  securities offered  therein,  and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial  BONA
FIDE offering thereof.
 
    (3)  To remove from registration by  means of a post-effective amendment any
of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the
offering.
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Registration  Statement to be signed  on its behalf by  the
undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized,  in the  City  of  Chicago,  State of
Illinois, on the 10th day of July, 1996.
 
                                          UNIVERSAL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.
 
                                          By:         /s/ DANIEL L. SIMON
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                       Daniel L. Simon
                                                PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE
                                                           OFFICER
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
    The undersigned directors and officers  of Universal Outdoor Holdings,  Inc.
do hereby constitute and appoint Brian T. Clingen and Paul G. Simon, and each of
them, with full power of substitution, our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and
agents  to  do any  and  all acts  and  things in  our  name and  behalf  in our
capacities as directors and officers, and to execute any and all instruments for
us and in our names in the capacities indicated below which such person may deem
necessary or advisable to enable Universal Outdoor Holdings, Inc. to comply with
the Securities Act of 1933 (the  "Act"), as amended, and any rules,  regulations
and  requirements of the Securities and  Exchange Commission, in connection with
this Registration Statement, including specifically,  but not limited to,  power
and  authority to sign for  us, or any of us,  in the capacities indicated below
and  any  and  all   amendments  (including  pre-effective  and   post-effective
amendments  or any other registration statement filed pursuant to the provisions
of Rule 462(b) under the  Act) hereto; and we do  hereby ratify and confirm  all
that such person or persons shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
    Pursuant   to  the  requirements  of  the   Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                      TITLE                         DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------  -----------------------
 
<C>                                                     <S>                               <C>
                        /S/ DANIEL L. SIMON             President and Chief Executive
     -------------------------------------------         Officer (Principal Executive          July 10, 1996
                   Daniel L. Simon                       Officer) and Director
 
                                                        Vice President and Chief
                       /S/ BRIAN T. CLINGEN              Financial Officer (Principal
     -------------------------------------------         Financial and Accounting              July 10, 1996
                   Brian T. Clingen                      Officer) and Director
 
                       /S/ MICHAEL J. ROCHE
     -------------------------------------------        Director                               July 10, 1996
                   Michael J. Roche
 
                    /S/ MICHAEL B. GOLDBERG
     -------------------------------------------        Director                               July 10, 1996
                 Michael B. Goldberg
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>
                                LIST OF EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                            DESCRIPTION                                            PAGE
- ----------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
 
<C>         <S>                                                                                          <C>
     2.1*   Plan and Agreement of Merger, dated November 18, 1993, between the Company and UOI (filed
             as Exhibit 2 to UOI's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 33-72710)
             and incorporated herein by reference)
 
     2.2    Stock Purchase Agreement ("Stock Purchase Agreement") between Wind Point Partners II, L.P.,
             Marquette Venture Partners, L.P., Chemical Equity Associates, a California Limited
             Partnership, Banc One Venture Corporation and Management Shareholders and UOI relating to
             the capital stock of NOA Holding Company dated February 27, 1996 (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to
             the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 5, 1996 (File No. 33-82582) (the
             "Company 8-K") and incorporated herein by reference)
 
     2.3    Amendment No. 1 to Stock Purchase Agreement (filed as Exhibit 2.2 to the Company 8-K and
             incorporated herein by reference)
 
     3.1**  Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
 
     3.2**  Form of Second Amended and Restated Bylaws
 
     4.1**  Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Company
 
     4.2*   Indenture (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Form S-1 Registration Statement (File No.
             33-82582) and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
     4.3    Indenture of Trust between United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee, and UOI
             dated as of November 15, 1993 relating to the UOI Notes (filed as Exhibit 4(b) to UOI's
             Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-72710) and incorporated herein by
             reference)
 
     4.4*   Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 23, 1994, between the Company and Bear, Stearns & Co.
             Inc. (the "Initial Purchaser") relating to the Company's 14% Series A Senior Secured
             Discount Notes due 2004 (the "Old Notes") and Noteholder Warrants to purchase Common Stock
             (filed as Exhibit 4(a) to the Company's Registration Statement) on Form S-1 (File No.
             33-82582) and incorporated herein by reference)
 
     4.5*   Form of 14% Senior Secured Discount Notes due 2004 (filed as Exhibit 4(b) to the Company's
             Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-82582) and incorporated herein by
             reference)
 
     4.6*   Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 23, 1994, between the Company
             and the Initial Purchaser (filed as Exhibit 4(d) to the Company's Registration Statement
             on Form S-1 (File No. 33-82582) and incorporated herein by reference)
 
     4.7*   Warrant Agreement between the Registrant and United States Trust Company of New York, as
             warrant agent, dated June 30, 1994 relating to the Noteholder Warrants
 
     5.1*   Opinion of Sidley & Austin
 
     9.1**  Voting Trust Agreement dated December 20, 1995 among the Company, Daniel L. Simon and Brian
             T. Clingen
 
     9.2**  Voting Trust Agreement dated July   , 1996 among the Company, Daniel L. Simon and Paul G.
             Simon
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>         <S>                                                                                          <C>
     9.3**  Voting Trust Agreement dated July   , 1996 among the Company, Daniel L. Simon and Lawrence
             Simon
 
     9.4**  Voting Trust Agreement dated July   , 1996 among the Company, Daniel L. Simon and WHS
 
    10.1    Revolving Credit Agreement ("the Revolving Credit Agreement") entered into among the
             Registrant, the various lending institutions from time to time parties thereto, LaSalle
             National Bank, as Co-Agent and Bankers Trust Company, as Agent (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to
             the Company 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.)
 
    10.2    Acquisition Credit Agreement ("the Acquisition Credit Agreement") entered into among the
             Registrant, the various lending institutions from time to time parties thereto, LaSalle
             National Bank, as Co-Agent and Bankers Trust Company, as Agent (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to
             the Company 8-K and incorporated herein by reference).
 
    10.3**  1996 Warrant Plan of the Company
 
    10.4*   Agreement Regarding Tax Liabilities and Payments dated as of November 18, 1993 by and
             between UOI and the Company (filed as Exhibit 10(f) to UOI's Form S-1 Registration
             Statement (File No. 33-72710) and incorporated herein by reference)
 
    10.5**  Capital Appreciation Right Agreement among the Company, Connecticut General Life Insurance
             Company, Cigna Property and Casualty Insurance Company, Life Insurance Company of North
             America and Aetna Life Insurance Company dated November 18, 1993
 
    10.6**  Option Exchange Agreement among the Company, UOI and WHS dated November 18, 1993
 
    10.7*   Amendment to Option Exchange Agreement among the Company, UOI, Daniel L. Simon, Brian T.
             Clingen and WHS dated as of July   , 1996
 
    10.8*   Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of July   , 1996
 
    10.9*   Amendment to Acquisition Credit Agreement as of July   , 1996
 
    21.1**  Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 
    23.1    Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP
 
    23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
 
    23.3*   Consent of Sidley & Austin (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
 
    24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on Signature Page)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 *  Previously filed.
 
**  To be filed by amendment.

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
We  hereby  consent to  the  use in  the  Prospectus constituting  part  of this
Registration Statement  on  Form S-1  of  our  report dated  February  23,  1996
relating to the financial statements of Universal Outdoor Holdings, Inc. and our
report  dated June  14, 1996  relating to  the financial  statements of Ad-Sign,
which appear in such Prospectus. We also  consent to the references to us  under
the  headings "Experts" and "Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data"
in such Prospectus. However,  it should be noted  that Price Waterhouse LLP  has
not  prepared or certified  such "Selected Consolidated  Financial and Operating
Data."
 
Price Waterhouse LLP
 
Chicago, Illinois
July 10, 1996

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2
 
                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
We  consent to the reference to our firm  under the caption "Experts" and to the
use of our report dated July 21, 1995, with respect to the financial  statements
of  NOA Holding Company  included in the  Post-Effective Amendment No.  2 to the
Registration Statement  (No.  33-93852)  and  related  Prospectus  of  Universal
Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
 
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Minneapolis, Minnesota
July 11, 1996


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission